You are on page 1of 298

1

Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)

GAT
SUBJECT
MCQ’S
(Management Sciences – Accounting-
Management -Economics)

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
2
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)

Table of Content

ACCOUNTING.................... 3-100
Management………………… 101-200
Economics........................ 200-298

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
3
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)

A
C
C
O
U
N
T
I
N
G
Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
4
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 924 direct wages should always be classified

1. as variable costs
2. as fixed costs
3. as semi-fixed
4. according to their actual behavior
5.

Question: 928 The First in First out (FIFO) materials pricing system charges issues at

1. the price of the most recent batch in stock


2. the price of the first component used in the period
3. the average price of goods in stock
4. the price of the oldest batch in stock
5.

Question: 933 The Last in First out (LIFO) system will

1. value stocks at current values


2. understate product in times of rising prices
3. tend to produce realistic product costs
4. make cost comparisons between jobs easier
5.

Question: 940 When Activity Based Costing is used it is probable the

1. all products will cost more


2. high volume product will tend to be costed lower
3. direct costs will be a smaller proportion of total costs
4. more costs will be charghed to products which are produced for stock
5.

Question: 942 the use of backflush accounting means that

1. conversion costs cannot be carried forward in stock values


2. stocks cannot occur
3. raw material costs will be reduced
4. costs are attributed to stock and cost of sales when the finished goods are made
5.

Question: 943 Unit costs are extensively used in the public sector. This is because

1. they are a rough and ready guide to efficiency


2. they are a good measure of the quality of service provided
3. they allow for regional differences
4. they enable public sector organizations to stay within the set cash limits
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
5
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 944 which of the following firms are most likely to use process costing

1. a car manufacturer
2. a sugar refinery
3. a builder
4. a departmental store
5.

Question: 946 Activity Based Costing absorbs overheads into products

1. by treating most of them as long-term variable costs


2. by ignoring the volume of production
3. according to the usage of support overheads
4. by only producing on demand
5.

Question: 948 Significant Digit Codes are

1. where some of the digits are part of the description


2. only used for raw materials
3. to enable a code to be self-checking
4. a means of combing expenditure and location codes
5.

Question: 952 Check digit variations is

1. the process of checking invoices for correct calculations


2. a method of making code numbers self checking
3. to enable codes to be self-indexing
4. the encoding of invoices with internal codes
5.

Question: 956 which of the following firms would be most likely to use job costing

1. a paint manufacturer
2. a sugar refinery
3. a firm of architects
4. a car manufacturers
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
924. D 928 . D 933 . C 940 . B 942 . D 943 . A 944 . B 946 . C 948 . A 952 . B 956 .
C

Question: 960 Labor turnovers can be expressed as a ratio as follows

1. Number of leavers
2. Number replaced

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
6
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. Numbers of employees at the end
4. Number of leavers in a period
5.

Question: 965 A cost drivers is

1. the amount of overhead caused by an activity


2. a unit of activity which causes costs
3. a long term variable costs
4. equivalent to a cost centre
5.

Question: 969 Prime cost includes

1. Direct labour,direct materials and direct expenses


2. All direct costs plus factory overheads
3. Direct materials plus total overheads
4. Direct labor plus factory overheads
5.

Question: 974 A cost center is

1. A unit of production in relation to which costs are ascertained


2. A location which is responsible for controlling direct costs
3. Part of the overhead system by which costs are gathered together
4. Any location or department which incurs cost
5.

Question: 981 Cost apportionments is carried out by

1. Charging each cost unit a realistic proportion of overheads


2. charging whole items of cost to centers
3. Ensuring that each period carries its amount of cost by making accruals or prepayment s
4. Dividing common costs among centers in proportion to the benefit received
5.

Question: 990 Overhead absorption is done so that

1. common costs are shared among cost centres,in portion to the benefit received
2. The total amount of overheads for the firm can be calculated
3. The total overheads for a cost centre can be calculated
4. Each unit of the product carries a share of overheads
5.

Question: 998 Expenditure on steel used in the product would be classified into which of the following
categories

1. Direct material/cost unit

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
7
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
2. direct material/production overheads
3. in direct material/cost unit
4. prime cost/production overhead
5.

Question: 1005 A firms’ uses direct labor a basis for overhead absorption if large fluctuations in labor house are
experiences

1. this is a reason to use predetermined overhead rate


2. this will mean that overheads will be under or over absorbed for the year
3. different amounts of overhead will be charged to jobs with the same labor hours
4. it will be better to use a machine hour rate
5.

Question: 1039 A predetermined overhead rate using machine hours as a basis

1. is calculated by dividing actual overhead by budgeted machine hours


2. results in the over absorption of overhead
3. is inferior to a rate based on labor hours
4. results in charging similar overheads to jobs with similar machine hours
5.

Question: 1043 the costing associated with a typical site based contract

1. means that more costs can be identified as direct


2. requires some estimate to be made of interim profits
3. means that the contract account will be credited with materials at the end of thee contract
4. includes all of these
5.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
952 . B 956 . C 960 . B 965 . B 969 . A 974 . C 981 . D 990 . D 998 . A 1005 . A 1039
.D 1043 . D

Question: 1046 Using process costing the amount of cost transferred to finished goods stock is the cost of

1. the equivalent production for the period


2. the units completed during the period
3. the units started and completed during the period
4. the units in the opening Finished Goods stocks
5.

Question: 1054 Double loop feedback

1. is information designed to ensures that operations conform to plans


2. is designed to assess how well the control system operates and how relevant current pains are

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
8
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. is information passed up two layers of the organization
4. is information that is double checked for accuracy
5.

Question: 1057 the distance A represents

1. contribution at activity level X


2. profit at activity level X
3. the amount of variable costs at activity level X
4. the margin of safety
5.

Question: 1061 the distance represents

1. contribution at activity level Y


2. the amount of variable costs at activity level Y
3. the level of sales at activity level Y
4. the amount of variable costs at activity level Y
5.

Question: 1069 which of the following are possible causes of the changes in the graph at activity level Z

1. an increase in sales value causing an increase in contribution


2. a decrease in fixed costs causing an increase in variable costs
3. an increase in total fixed costs and a decrease in variable costs per unit
4. an increase in total variable costs and a decrease in fixed costs per unit
5.

Question: 1078 what do the lines C and D represent

1. Fixed costs and variable costs respectively


2. Total costs and variable costs respectively
3. Variable cost and fixed costs respectively
4. Sales revenue and total costs respectively
5.

Question: 1081 if the total expenditure on cost type X was expressed as a cost per unit of the product X would
be classified as variable if

1. the cost per unit changed with the level of activity


2. the cost per unit was affected by inflation
3. the cost per unit remained constant with changes in the level of activity
4. the total expenditure on X remained the same
5.

Question: 1085 the main purpose of cost accounting is to

1. maximize profits

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
9
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
2. help in inventory valuation
3. provide information to management for decision-making
4. aid in the fixation of selling prices
5.

Question: 1086 one of the most important tools in cost planning is

1. direct cost
2. budget
3. cost sheet
4. marginal costing
5.

Question: 1088 the purpose of cost accounting is to provide information for

1. preparing costing P& L A/c


2. cost control

3. locating factors leading to wastages and losses


4. assessing the profitability and financial position of the firm
5.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1039 . D 1043 . D 1046 . C 1054 . A 1057 . A 1061 . D 1069 . C 1078 . B 1081 . C 1085 .
C 1086 . B 1088 . B

Question: 1089 Fixed cost per unit increases when

1. variable cost per unit increases


2. variable cost per unit decreases
3. Production volume increases
4. production volume decreases
5.

Question: 1091 Variable cost per unit

1. varies when output varies


2. remains constant
3. increases when output increases
4. decreases when output decreases
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
10
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1093 Increase in total variable cost is due to

1. increase in fixed cost


2. increase in sales
3. increase in production
4. increase in total cost
5.

Question: 1095 an example of variable cost is

1. property taxes
2. interest on capital
3. direct material cost
4. depreciation of machinery
5.

Question: 1100 an example of fixed cost is

1. direct material cost


2. works managers salary
3. depreciation of machinery
4. chargeable expenses
5.

Question: 1102 Cost accounting concepts include all of following except

1. Planning
2. controlling
3. profit sharing
4. product costing
5.

Question: 1104 the three major elements of product costs are all but

1. direct materials
2. Factory overhead
3. direct labor
4. indirect labor
5.

Question: 1111 Cost of goods produced includes

1. production cost and finished goods inventory


2. production cost and work-in-progress
3. production cost, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory
4.
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
11
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1117 Cost of goods sold includes

1. cost of production and work-in-progress


2. cost of production and finished goods inventory
3. cost production, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory
4.
5.

Question: 1123 an overstatement of work-in-progress at the end of a period will

1. overstate cost of goods produced


2. understate current assets
3. understate gross profit
4. overstate net profit
5.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1086 . B 1088 . B 1089 . D 1091 . B 1093 . C 1095 . C 1100 . B 1102 . C 1104 . D 1111 .
B 1117 . B 1123 . D

Question: 1117 Cost of goods sold includes

1. cost of production and work-in-progress


2. cost of production and finished goods inventory
3. cost production, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory
4.
5.

Question: 1123 an overstatement of work-in-progress at the end of a period will

1. overstate cost of goods produced


2. understate current assets
3. understate gross profit
4. overstate net profit
5.

Question: 1126 Conversion cost is equal to the total of

1. material cost and indirect wages


2. material cost and indirect wages
3. direct wages and factory overhead
4. material cost and factory overhead
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
12
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1127 multiple costing methods is used in

1. oil refinery
2. car manufacturing company
3. sugar mill
4. multi-product company
5.

Question: 1128 Toy manufacturing company should use

1. unit costing
2. job costing
3. batch costing
4. multiple costing
5.

Question: 1129 Electricity generating company should use

1. unit costing
2. process costing
3. batch costing
4. multiple costing
5.

Question: 1130 Job costing is used in

1. paper mills
2. chemical works
3. printing press
4. textile mill
5.

Question: 1131 Output costing is employed in

1. mining quarries
2. steel production
3. brick kilns
4. all of these
5.

Question: 1132 Contract costing is used in

1. ship-building
2. airplane industries
3. automobile industries
4. none of these
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
13
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1167 Direct material is a

1. Fixed cost
2. variable cost
3. semi variable cost
4.
5.

Question: 1172 Direct material is a

1. manufacturing cost
2. Administration
3. Selling and distribution cost
4. Any of the above
5.

Question: 1174 in manufacturing industries, the most important element of cost is

1. Material
2. Labor
3. Overheads
4.
5.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1117 . B 1123 . D 1126 . C 1127 . B 1128 . C 1129 . D 1130 . C 1131 . D 1132 . An 1167
.B 1172 . An 1174 . A

Question: 1176 which of the following is an accounting record

1. Bill of Material
2. Bin card
3. stores ledger
4. All of these
5.

Question: 1180 which of the following documents is used for issuing materials to productions departments

1. purchase Requisition Note


2. stores Requisition note
3. Goods Received Note
4. stores Credit Note
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
14
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1183 which of following is considered to be a normal loss of materials

1. Loss due to accidents


2. pilferage
3. Loss due to breaking the bulk
4. Loss due to careless handling of materials
5. All of these

Question: 1186 According to which of the following methods of pricing, issues are close to current economic
values

1. Last-in-first-out price
2. First-in-first-out price
3. Highest-in-first-out price
4. Weighted average price
5.

Question: 1187 in which of the following methods of pricing costs lag behind the current economic values

1. Last-in-first-out price.
2. First-in -first-out price.
3. Replacement price.
4. Weighted average price.
5.

Question: 1192 which of the following methods of stock control aims at concentrating efforts on selected items
of materials

1. perpetual inventory system


2. Materials turnover
3. Maximum, minimum and re-order level setting
4. ABC analysis
5.

Question: 1193 in base stock method of pricing the material issues, the term base stock represents the

1. Quantity of stock being issued


2. stock in balance
3. Minimum stock
4. Maximum stock
5.

Question: 1194 which of the following items of cost should NOT be treated as NOT be treated as direct material

1. Electricity representing 90% of the total cost


2. Sand paper used in production
3. Thread used in stitching garments
4. All of the above

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
15
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
5.

Question: 1195 Continuous stock-taking is a part of

1. Annual stock-taking
2. Perpetual inventory system
3. ABC analysis
4. periodic inventory system
5.

Question: 1197 the classification of items in ABC analysis is made on the basis of

1. Investment value of materials


2. Consumption value of materials
3. Quantity of materials consumed
4. All of these

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1172 . An 1174 . An 1176 . C 1180 . B 1183 . C 1186 . An 1187 . B 1192 . D 1193 .
C 1194 . D 1195 . B 1197 . D

Question: 1202 in which of the following methods, issues of materials are priced at a pre-determined rate

1. Inflated price method


2. Standard price method
3. Replacement price method
4. Specific price method
5.

Question: 1204 in which of the following methods, materials are issued at the price prevailing at the time of
issue

1. Inflated price method


2. Standard price method
3. Replacement price method
4. Specific price method
5.

Question: 1205 the storekeeper should initiate a purchase requisition when stock reaches

1. Minimum leveled
2. maximum level
3. re-order level
4. overage level
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
16
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1207 which of the following material losses should be transferred to costing profit and loss account

1. Loss by evaporation
2. Loss due to improper storage of materials
3. Loss due to breaking the bulk
4. All of these
5.

Question: 1210 when material prices fluctuate widely, the method of pricing that gives absurd results is

1. Simple average price


2. Weighted average price
3. Moving average price
4. Inflated price
5.

Question: 1212 when prices fluctuate widely, the method that will smooth out the effect of fluctuations is

1. simple average
2. weighted average
3. FIFO
4. LIFO
5.

Question: 1213 in which of the following methods, the charge to production is at actual cost

1. Weighted average price


2. standard price
3. Replacement price
4. FIFO
5.

Question: 1294 Expected annual usage of a particular raw material is 2,00,000 units and the economic order
quantity is 10,000 units The invoice cost of each unit is RS.500 and the cost to place one order is RS.80. The
average inventory is

1. 1,00,000 units
2. 5,ooo units
3. 10,000 units
4. 7,500 units
5.

Question: 1297 taking the data in Q.3.21 above, the estimated annual ordering cost is

1. RS.1,600
2. RS.10,000
3. RS.3,200
4. RS.5,000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
17
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
5.

Question: 1300 On the basis of data given in Q 3.21 above, number of orders to be placed in each year are

1. 10
2. 50
3. 20
4. 100
5.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1195 . B 1197 . D 1202 . B 1204 . C 1205 . B 1207 . B 1210 . A 1212 . B 1213 . D 1294 .
B 1297 . A 1300 . B

Question: 1300 On the basis of data given in Q 3.21 above, number of orders to be placed in each year are

1. 10
2. 50
3. 20
4. 100
5.

Question: 1304 when material prices are showing a rising trend, which method of pricing will show lower cost
of production

1. FIFO
2. LIFO
3. Weighted average
4. Replacement price
5.

Question: 1307 in periods of rising prices, which method of pricing shows higher stock values

1. FIFO
2. LIFO
3. Weighted average
4. Replacement price
5.

Question: 1309 in which method, prices charged to production are at the current prices prevailing in the market

1. FIFO
2. LIFO
3. Weighted average

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
18
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
4. Replacement price
5.

Question: 1312 when prices are showing a falling tendency, which method of pricing of material issues will
show higher closing stock value

1. FIFO
2. LIFO
3. Weighted average
4. Specific price method
5.

Question: 1313 When production is below standard specification or quality and cannot be rectified by incurring
additional cost, it is called

1. Defectives
2. Spoilage
3. Waste
4. Scrap
5.

Question: 1315 Materials losses are due to some of the following reasons

1. Fore accident
2. Theft
3. Breaking the bulk
4. Evaporation
5. pilferage

Question: 1319 Documents used in a material control system include the following

1. Purchase Requisition Note


2. Stores Requisition Note
3. Bill of Materials
4. Goods Received Note
5. Purchase order

Question: 1321 at what amount materials issued on 8-1-1997 will be charged if FIFO method is used

1. RS.1,550
2. RS.1,575
3. RS1,700
4. RS1,750
5.

Question: 1323 at what amount materials issued will be charged igloo method is used

1. RS.1,550

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
19
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
2. RS.1,575
3. RS.1,700
4. RS.1,750
5.

Question: 1325 at what amount materials issued will be charged if simple average price is used

1. RS.1,550
2. RS1,575
3. RS.1,610
4. RS.1,700
5.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1297 . A 1300 . B 1304 . A 1307 . A 1309 . D 1312 . B 1313 . B 1315 . A 1319 . D 1321
.B 1323 . C 1325 . B

Question: 1329 at what amount materials issued will be charged if weighted average price is used

1. RS.1,575
2. RS.1,610
3. RS.1,625
4. None of these
5.

Question: 1330 at what amount materials issued will be charged if replacement price method is used

1. RS.1,400
2. RS.1,700
3. RS.2,100
4. RS. 1,750
5.

Question: 1335 what will be the value of closing stock under FIFO method

1. RS 600
2. RS 675
3. RS 700
4. None of these
5.

Question: 1336 what will be the value of closing under LIFO method

1. RS.600

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
20
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
2. RS.675
3. RS.690
4. RS.750
5.

Question: 1337 what will be the value of closing stock under simple average method

1. RS.600
2. RS.690
3. RS.725
4. RS.750
5.

Question: 1339 what will be the value of closing stock if weighted average method is applied

1. RS.600
2. RS.690
3. RS.725
4. RS.750
5.

Question: 1340 what will be the value of closing stock if replacement price method if used

1. RS.100
2. RS.300
3. RS.200
4. None of these
5.

Question: 1344 in which of following incentive plans of wages payment, wages on time basis are NOT
guaranteed

1. Halsey plan
2. Rowan plan
3. Taylors differential piece rate system
4. Gantt's task and bonus system
5.

Question: 1427 in which of the following incentive plan of wages payment, wages on time basis are NOT
guaranteed?

1. Halsey plan
2. Rowan plan
3. Taylor's differential piece rate system
4. Gantt's task and bonus system
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
21
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1429 which of the following methods of wage payment is most suitable where quality and accuracy
of work is of primary importance?

1. piece rate system


2. differential piece work system
3. time rate system
4. Halsey premium system
5.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1323 . C 1325 . B 1329 . B 1330 . C 1335 . D 1336 . A 1337 . C 1339 . B 1340 . B 1344 .
C 1427 . C 1429 . B

Question: 1430 Cost of idle time arising due to non-availability of raw material is

1. charged to costing profit and loss A/C


2. charged to factory overheads
3. recovered by inflating the wage rate
4. all of these
5.

Question: 1432 when overtime is required for meeting urgent orders, overtime premium should be

1. charged to costing profit and loss A/c


2. charged to overhead costs
3. charged to respective jobs
4. all of these
5.

Question: 1433 Time and motion study is conducted by the

1. time keeping department


2. payroll department
3. personnel department
4. engineering department
5.

Question: 1435 Labor productivity is measured by comparing

1. actual time with standard time


2. total output with total man hours
3. added value for the product with total wage cost
4. none of the above
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
22
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1436 when standard outputs is 10 units per hour and actual output is 12 units per hour , the
efficiency is

1. 80%
2. 120%
3. 100%
4. none of these
5.

Question: 1438 Wages sheet is prepared by

1. time keeping department


2. payroll department
3. personnel department
4. cost accounting department
5.

Question: 1443 given that for a job, standard time is 8 hours, actual 6 hour and the time rate is Rs 2per hour
what is the total wages under halsey premium plan

1. Rs 18
2. Rs 14
3. Rs 16
4. Rs12
5.

Question: 1449 using data as given in Q. 314 above, what will be the amount of wages under time rate system

1. RS. 12
2. RS.14
3. 16
4. 18.
5.

Question: 1451 using data as given in Q. 314 above, what will be the amount of bonus under rowan plan

1.
2. RS. 2
3. RS. 3
4. RS. 4
5. None of the above

Question: 1453 using data as given in Q 3.14 above, what is the amount of bonus under Halsey plan

1. RS. 2
2. RS.3
3. RS.4
4. Nil

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
23
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
5.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1427 . C 1429 . B 1430 . A 1432 . C 1433 . D 1435 . D 1436 . C 1438 . C 1443 . C 1449 .
A 1451 . B 1453 . A

Question: 1457 Standard output is 100 units per day of 8 hours and the piece rates are 20 piece per unit under
Taylor's differential piece rate system, what will be amount of wages if a worker produces 95 unit in a day

1. RS.14.00
2. RS.14.25
3. 18.50
4. 19.00
5.

Question: 1459 given the data in 3.19 above, what will be the amount of wages under Taylor's differential piece
rate system, if a worker produces 101 units ohm a day

1. RS.15.15
2. RS.20.00
3. 20.15
4. 20.20
5.

Question: 1460 Comparing Rowan and Halsey premium plans, it is seen that when the time saved is less than
50% of the time saved,

1. Rowan plan allows more wages to a worker than Halsey plan


2. Rowan plan allows less wages to a worker than Halsey plan
3. Rowan and Halsey plan allow equal wages to a worker
4.
5.

Question: 1461 when time saved is 40% of the standard time, Halsey plan allows

1. more wages than Rowan plan


2. less wages than Rowan plan
3. equal wages as compared to Rowan plan
4.
5.

Question: 1463 Standard time is 60 hours and guaranteed time rate is 30 paisa per hour what is the amount of
wages if job is completed n 48 hours? Rowan plan is in use

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
24
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. RS.24.00
2. RS.26.80
3. RS.17.28
4. RS.20.40
5.

Question: 1464 which of the following a group incentive plans

1. priestman plan
2. Badaux plan
3. Halsey weir plan
4. All of these
5.

Question: 1466 Packing cost is

1. production cost
2. selling cost
3. distribution cost
4. It may be any of the above
5.

Question: 1468 Directors' remuneration and expenses from a part of

1. production overhead
2. selling overhead
3. administration overhead
4. distribution overhead
5.

Question: 1471 Salary of a foreman should be classified as a

1. fixed overhead
2. variable overhead
3. semi-fixed or semi-variable overhead
4.
5.

Question: 1472 Charging to a cost centre those overheads that result soleoy from existence of that cost centre
is known as

1. allocation
2. apportionment
3. absorption
4. allotment
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
25
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1451 . B 1453 . A 1457 . B 1459 . D 1460 . A 1461 . B 1463 . C 1464 . A 1466 . D 1468 .
B 1471 . C 1472 . A

Question: 1476 Absorption means

1. charging of overheads to cost centers


2. charging of overheads to cost units
3. charging of overheads to cost centers or cost units
4.
5.

Question: 1481 Administration overheads are recovered as a percentage of

1. direct materials
2. direct wages
3. prime cost
4. works cost
5.

Question: 1484 which of the following is NOT is selling overhead

1. Insurance to cover sold goods while in transit


2. Royalty on sales
3. Legal costs for debt realization
4. Distribution of samples
5.

Question: 1488 which method of absorption of factory overheads do you suggest in a concern which produced
only one uniform type of product

1. percentage of direct wages basis


2. Direct labor hour rate
3. Machine hour rate
4. A rate per unit of output
5. Any of the above

Question: 1490 When the amount of under-or over-absorption is significant, it should be disposed of by

1. Transferring to Costing profit and Loss A/C.


2. the use of supplementary rates
3. carrying over as a deferred charge to the next accounting year
4.
5.

Question: 1493 idle capacity of a plant refers to the difference between

1. maximum capacity and practical capacity


2. practical capacity and normal capacity

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
26
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. practical capacity and capacity based on sales expectancy
4. maximum capacity and actual capacity
5.

Question: 1496 Maximum possible productive capacity of a plant, when no operating time is lost, is its

1. practical capacity
2. Theoretical capacity
3. Normal capacity
4. Capacity based on sales expectancy
5.

Question: 1499 the capacity which is based on the long term average of the sales expectancy level is known as

1. practical capacity
2. Actual capacity
3. Normal capacity
4. None of these
5.

Question: 1502 when the amount of overhead absorbed is less than the amount of overhead incurred, it is
called

1. under-absorption of overhead
2. over-absorption of overhead
3. proper absorption of overhead
4.
5.

Question: 1506 Bad debt is an example of

1. production overhead
2. Administration overhead
3. selling overhead
4. Distribution overhead

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1471 . C 1472 . A 1476 . B 1481 . D 1484 . A 1488 . D 1490 . B 1493 . C 1496 . C 1499 .
C 1502 . A 1506 . C

Question: 1508 Number of workers employed is used as a basis for the apportionment of

1. time office costs


2. canteen expenses
3. personnel department expenses
4. any of these
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
27
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1518 in which of the following methods of providing depreciation, the amount of depreciation goes
on decreasing with the age of the asset

1. Reducing balance method


2. sum of digits method
3. Annuity method
4. (a) and (b) above
5.

Question: 1544 Selling and distribution overheads are absorbed on the basis of

1. Rate per unit


2. percentage on selling price of each unit
3. Any of these
4.
5.

Question: 1549 the difference over a period of time, between actual factory overhead and absorbed factory
will usually be minimum when the predetermined overhead rate is based on

1. normal capacity
2. maximum capacity
3. direct labor hours
4. machine hours
5. none of the above

Question: 1553 A monopolies will shut down its plant in the short run if

1. It is making a loss.
2. Marginal revenue is less than marginal cost.
3. Marginal revenue less than average variable cost at all levels of output.
4. Average revenue is less than average variable cost at all levels of output.
5. Average revenue is less than marginal cost at all levels of output.

Question: 1555 A company found that the differences in product costs resulting from the application of pre-
determined overhead rates rather than actual overhead rates were immaterial even though actual production
was substantially less than planned production the most likely explanation is that

1. factory overhead was mainly composed of variable costs


2. several products were produced simultaneously
3. fixed factory overhead was a significant cost
4. costs of factory overhead items were substantially larger than anticipated
5.

Question: 1560 Under-absorbed factory overhead costs are

1. excess variable factory overhead costs


2. factory cost not allocated to units produced

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
28
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. fixed factory costs not allocated to unit produced
4. cost that cannot be controlled
5. None of the above

Question: 1567 if a per-determined factory overhead rate is not employed and the volume of production is
reduced from the level planned, the cost per unit would be expected to

1. remain unchanged for fixed costs and increase for variable costs
2. increase for fixed cost and remain unchanged for variable costs
3. increase for fixed costs and decrease for variable costs
4. decrease for fixed costs and decrease for variable costs
5.

Question: 1569 the least suitable basis for applying overhead is

1. materials consumed
2. direct labor cost
3. direct labor hours
4. machine hours
5.

Question: 1571 Excess plant capacity means

1. temporary idleness of plant


2. greater production capacity than a company can use
3. the difference between theoretical capacity and actual capacity
4.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1508 . D 1518 . D 1544 . D 1549 . A 1553 . D 1555 . C 1560 . E 1567 . B 1569 . A 1571 .
B

Question: 1571 Excess plant capacity means

1. temporary idleness of plant


2. greater production capacity than a company can use
3. the difference between theoretical capacity and actual capacity
4.
5.

Question: 1573 the concept of ideal capacity of plant as used in cost accounting is its

1. theoretical maximum capacity


2. Best capacity for normal production.
3. Capacity used for standard setting.
4. Capacity below which production should not fall.
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
29
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1580 pre-determined overhead recovery rate is Rs 3 per hour and pre-determined hours are 50,000
Actual hours worked are 55,000 and actual overhead Rs 1,70,000. What is the amount of under or over-
absorption of overhead

1. RS.20000 over-absorption
2. RS. 20,000 over-absorption
3. RS.5000 under-absorption
4. RS.5,000 over-absorption
5.

Question: 1583 in Q. 3.34, what is the amount of pre-determined overhead

1. RS.1,50,000
2.
3. rs.1,65,000
4. cannot be computed
5. None of these

Question: 1585 what is the amount of absorbed overhead in Q 3.34

1. RS. 1,50,000
2. RS. 1,65,000
3. RS. 15,000
4. RS 20,000
5.

Question: 1592 In Q 3,37, which method should be used to treat under/over absorbed amount in cost accounts

1. Tr. to costing P& L A/c


2. Use of supplementary rate
3. Carry over to next year
4. Any of the above
5.

Question: 1594 In Q 3.37, what is the predetermined number of machine hours

1. 16,000
2. 12,000
3. Cannot be known
4. None of these
5.

Question: 1599 A machine purchased for Rs 20,000 is discarded because of obsolescence and sold for Rs 5,000
after three years of service, resulting in a loss of Rs 3,000.This loss should be

1. treated as production cost


2. transferred to costing P& L A/c in the year of sale
3. spread over the years of the remaining expected life of the machine

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
30
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
4. Either(b)or(c)
5.

Question: 1603 the principal factors to be considered on designing a cost system include

1. Manufacturing process
2. desires of management
3. nature of business
4. company organization structure
5. all of the above

Question: 1606 the most suitable cost system where the products differ in type of materials used and work
performed is

1. job costing
2. Batch costing
3. operating costing
4. None of these
5.

Question: 1609 in shoe manufacture, the most suitable cost system is

1. job costing
2. Batch costing
3. Contract costing
4. None of these
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.

1573 . A 1580 . C 1583 . A 1585 . B 1592 . B 1594 . B 1599 . B 1603 . E 1606 . A 1609 .
B

Question: 1606 the most suitable cost system where the products differ in type of materials used and work
performed is

1. job costing
2. Batch costing
3. operating costing
4. None of these
5.

Question: 1609 in shoe manufacture, the most suitable cost system is

1. job costing
2. Batch costing
3. Contract costing
4. None of these

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
31
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
5.

Question: 1611 job costing is used in

1. Repair shops
2. printing presses
3. Furniture making
4. Automobile garages
5. All of these

Question: 1613 Most of the expenses are direct in

1. job costing
2. batch costing
3. contract costing
4. All of these
5.

Question: 1616 when a contract is not completed at the end of the accounting year, profit on incomplete
contract is

1. transferred to profit and loss Account


2. transferred to reserve
3. transferred profit to profit and loss Account and partly to reserve
4.
5.

Question: 1618 when a contract is not completed at the end of the year, loss on incomplete contract is

1. transferred to profit and loss Account


2. transferred to work-in-progress
3. transferred partly to profit and Loss Account and partly to work-in progress
4.
5.

Question: 1622 when contract id 40% complete, the amount of profit to be taken credit for is usually

1. the amount of profit estimated


2. 40% the estimated profit
3. 1/3of the estimate profit multiplied by cash ratio
4.
5.

Question: 1627 in contract accounts, the amount of work-in-progress consists of

1. cost of work uncompleted


2. cost of work uncompleted
3. the amount of profit not transferred to profit and Loss Account

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
32
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
4. (a) and(B) above
5. (a)(b) and(C)

Question: 1630 cost-plus contract is usually entered in to those where

1. cost can be easily estimated


2. it is not possible to compute the cost in advance with a reasonable degree of accuracy
3. contractor wants to earn a higher amount of profit
4.
5.

Question: 1631 Contract price is not fixed in case of

1. Cost-plus contracts
2. Escalation clause
3. De-escalation clause
4. All of the above
5.

Question: 1632 Contract price is not fixed in case of

1. Cost-plus contracts
2. Escalation clause
3. De-escalation clause
4. All of the above
5.

Question: 1633 Cost plus contract is useful from the point view of

1. contractor
2. contracted
3. both contractor and contractee
4.
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1606 . A 1609 . B 1611 . E 1613 . C 1616 . C 1618 . A 1622 . C 1627 . E 1630 . B 1631 .
D 1632 . D 1633 . C

Question: 1633 Cost plus contract is useful from the point view of

1. contractor
2. contractee
3. both contractor and contractee
4.
5.

Question: 1634 In contract costing, contract account is prepared by the

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
33
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. contractor
2. contractee
3. both by contractor and contractee
4.
5.

Question: 1635 In a building contract of Rs. 2,40,000, at the end of the work certified is Rs. 1,60,000 and
estimated profit is Rs. 15,000. what is the amount of profit to be credited to profit and LOSS Account assuming
cash ratio is 80%

1. RS.15,000
2. RS. 12,000
3. RS. 8,000
4.
5.

Question: 1636 Economic batch quantity is that size of the batch of production where

1. average cost is minimum


2. total cost is minimum
3. set-up cost of machine is minimum
4. carrying cost is minimum
5.

Question: 1637 Production order means

1. an order received from a customer for the production of a specific item


2. instructions to the shops to proceed with the production of the product
3. an order to the store-keeper to issue necessary materials for production
4.
5.

Question: 1638 In contract costing, valuation of which of the following does not include an element of profit

1. work in progress certified


2. work in progress uncertified
3. Both(a) and(b)
4. Neither(a)nor(b)
5.

Question: 1641 A contract of RS.5,00,000 is 55% complete as certified it shows a notional loss of RS 20,000.
Accounting treatment of this loss is

1. Transfer 2/3 of this loss to P&L A/c


2. Transfer 2/3 X cash ratio of this loss to P&L A/c
3. Transfer 55% of this loss to P&L A/c
4. Transfer entire amount of loss to P&L A/c
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
34
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1652 Direct cost chargeable to contract does not include

1. Materials
2. Labor
3. Supervision
4. Storage lost
5. both(c)and (d)

Question: 1655 Which of the following items is not written on the credit side of the contract account

1. work in progress-certified and uncertified


2. Materials returned
3. Cash received from contractee
4. plant at site
5.

Question: 1659 The type of process loss that should not affect the cost of inventories is

1. abnormal loss
2. normal loss
3. seasonal loss
4. standard loss
5.

Question: 1663 During Jan. 1997, Marconi L.t.d. had total manufacturing cost of Rs.1,80,000. The business
completed 14,000 units of product, of which 4,000 units were half completed in Dec 1996 and started
production on an additional 6,000 units that production cost per unit was

1. RS.18
2. RS.16.36
3. RS.12
4. RS.9

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1634 . A 1635 . C 1636 . B 1637 . B 1638 . B 1641 . D 1652 . D 1655 . C 1659 . A 1663
.C

Question: 1668 100 units are introduced in a process in which normal loss is 15 units If actual output is also 100
units, than there is

1. no abnormal loss or abnormal gain


2. an abnormal loss
3. an abnormal gain
4.
5.

Question: 1670 50 units are processed at a total cost of RS.80, normal loss being 10% Each unit carries a scrap
value of 25 paisa. If output is 40 units, the value of abnormal loss will be

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
35
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. RS. 1.25
2. RS.8.00
3. RS.8.75
4. RS.8.88.
5.

Question: 1676 Given the data in Q.3.5 above, the normal cost of unit is

1. RS.0.25
2. RS.1.60
3. RS.1.78
4. RS.1.75
5.

Question: 1678 A factories transferred out 8,800 completed and closing stock was 800 units 50% completed.
Assuming FIFO method, the equivalent production during the period was

1. 8,900 units
2. 9,100 units
3. 9,300 units
4. 9,500 units
5.

Question: 1682 in a factory, the equivalent production (using FIFO method) was 7,500 units during a period
which had 500 units 60% complete on hand at the start and 600 units 75% complete at the end of the period.
How many units were introduced during the period

1. 6,750
2. 6,850
3. 7,050
4. 7,150
5.

Question: 1685 An under-statement of ending work-in-progress inventory will

1. understate cost of goods produced


2. understate net profit
3. overstate gross profit
4. overstate current assets
5.

Question: 1688 An over-statement of beginning work-in-progress inventory will

1. understate cost of goods sold


2. understate the profit
3. overstate net profit
4. overstate gross profit
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
36
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1689 When units are lost at end of the production process, the cost is charged to

1. factory overhead
2. selling expense
3. work-in-progress
4. completed units
5.

Question: 1691 The term Economic Batch Quantity is used in relation to

1. Operating costing
2. Batch costing
3. process costing
4. Unit costing
5.

Question: 1698 Input in a process is 4,000 units and normal loss is 20%. When finished output in the process is
only 3240 units, there is an

1. abnormal loss of 40 units


2. abnormal gain of 40 units
3. neither abnormal loss nor abnormal gain
4.
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1668 . C 1670 . C 1676 . D 1678 . A 1682 . B 1685 . B 1688 . B 1689 . D 1691 . B 1698 .
B

Question: 1700 In Q.3.14 further assuming scrap value of loss is RS.5 per unit, the amount of sales from scrap is

1. RS.3,800
2. RS. 4,000
3. RS. 200
4. None of these
5.

Question: 1704 Further assuming (in Q. 3.14 and Q 3.15) the cost assigned to abnormal gain of 40 units is RS.
280, the amount to be transferred to costing profit and loss account

1. RS.280
2. RS.200
3. RS.80
4. RS.360
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
37
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1705 Hopeless Company, which uses FIFO method in process costing, began the current year with
300 units 50% completed, transferred out 5,000 completed units during the year ended with 500 units 70%
completed Equivalent production for the period was

1. 5,000
2. 4,700
3. 5,200
4. 5,800
5.

Question: 1706 Classification and accumulation of costs by fixed and variable costs is of special importance in

1. process costing
2. unit costing
3. operation costing
4. operating costing
5. none of these

Question: 1708 Joint product manufacturing is fundamental in

1. automobile industry
2. oil refineries
3. engineering company
4. All of the above
5.

Question: 1709 Individual products, each of a significant sales value, produced simultaneously from the same
raw material, should be known as

1. by-products
2. main products
3. joint products
4. common products
5.

Question: 1712 Total manufacturing costs are divided by the total number of units produced to obtain a cost
per unit under the

1. average unit cost method


2. sales value method
3. physical unit measurement method
4.
5.

Question: 1714 which of the following are virtually always subsequent costs

1. raw material costs


2. direct labor costs

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
38
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. selling and distribution cost
4. None of these
5.

Question: 1720 When by-products are of small total value, its accounting should by

1. apportioning a part of joint cost to by-products


2. realizable value of by-products should be treated as miscellaneous income and transferred to P&L A/c
3. realizable value of by-products should be apportioned over the main products
4. Any of these
5.

Question: 1723 Net realizable value of by-products at the split off point should be calculated by reverse cost
method when

1. BY products are of small total value


2. BY-products are of considerable sales value
3. BY-products require further processing for their sale
4.
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1700 . A 1704 . C 1705 . C 1706 . D 1708 . B 1709 . C 1712 . A 1714 . C 1720 . B 1723 .
C

Question: 1723 Net realizable value of by-products at the split off point should be calculated by reverse cost
method when

1. BY products are of small total value


2. BY-products are of considerable sales value
3. BY-products require further processing for their sale
4.
5.

Question: 1729 Cost per unit is the average cost is applicable in

1. Job costing
2. Operating costing
3. Multiple costing
4. Contract costing
5.

Question: 1732 Trimmings in timber industry should be treated as a

1. waste
2. scrap
3. by-product
4. joint product

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
39
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
5.

Question: 1735 Which of the following methods of accounting of by-products should be applied when the by-
product is to be utilized in the undertaking itself as material for some other process

1. sales value method


2. Other income method
3. Opportunity cost method
4.
5. Reverse cost method

Question: 1737 Credit is given to the process account at a pre-determined value of the by-product under the

1. Standard cost method


2. opportunity cost method
3. Reserve cost method
4. sales value method
5.

Question: 1742 The primary purpose of apportioning joint costs of a processing centre to various products
produced is to

1. develop accurate processing cost variances product-wise


2. report more correct standard product costs for comparative analysis
3. establish inventor cost assigned to unsold units
4. record accurate cost of sales by product lines
5. None of the above

Question: 1823 Given: input 1,000 units, Cost production RS 1,850 per Normal loss 10% of input, Actual loss 50
units, Scrap value Rs 0.50 per unit. What is the abnormal loss/gain

1. 50 units abnormal loss


2. 50 units abnormal gain
3. 100 units abnormal gain
4. 100 units abnormal loss
5.

Question: 1826 In Q3.35,what is the cost per unit

1. Rs. 2.18
2. Rs. 2.05
3. Rs. 2
4. RS. 1.89
5.

Question: 1828 Output of a process was 2,500 units, normal loss is 10% of input and abnormal loss 200 units.
How many units were introduced in the process

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
40
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. 2,700
2. 3,000
3. 3,200
4. 3,500
5.

Question: 1842 In Q 3.37, What is the quantity of total loss

1.
2. 2700 units
3. 300 units
4. 350 units
5. 500 units

Question: 1843 when quantity sold is 18,000 units, opening stock 2,000 units and closing stock 3,000 units,
what is the quantity produced

1. 16,000 units
2. 17,000 units
3. 19,000 units
4. 20,000 units
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1729 . B 1732 . B 1735 . C 1737 . A 1742 . D 1823 . An 1826 . C 1828 . B 1842 . D 1843
.C

Question: 1845 A transport company is running 3 bases with 50 passengers each, covering a distance of 100 km
daily. what is the number of passenger km. per day

1. 5,000
2. 300
3. 15,000
4. 150
5.

Question: 1847 Cost and financial accounts are reconciled under

1. Integral system
2. Non-integral system
3. Under both (a)and (b)
4. None of these
5.

Question: 1852 Which of the following accounts make the cost ledger self-balancing

1. overhead adjustment account


2. Costing P.& L. account

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
41
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. Cost Ledger control account
4. None of the above
5.

Question: 1855 Costing profit and Loss account does not record the

1. sales value of goods


2. balance of overhead adjustment account
3. balance of cost of sales account
4. balance of stores ledger control account
5.

Question: 1866 Purchases for special jobs is debited to

1. Work-in-progress ledger control account


2. Cost ledger control account
3. Stores ledger control
4.
5.

Question: 1871 Integral accounts eliminate the necessity of operating

1. Cost Ledger Control account


2. stores ledger control account
3. Overhead adjustment account
4. All of these
5.

Question: 1874 Which of the following items is not included in cost accounts

1. Interest received on bank deposits


2. Dividend paid on share capital
3. Damages payable at law
4. Debenture interest
5. all of these

Question: 1879 Which following items is included in cost accounts

1. Transfer to general reserve


2. Notional rent
3. Rent receivable
4. None of the above
5.

Question: 1885 When costing loss is RS. 5,600, administrative overhead under-absorbed being RS. 400, the loss
as per financial accounts should be

1. RS. 5,600

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
42
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
2. RS.6,000
3. RS. 5,200
4.
5.

Question: 1889 Depreciation charged in costing is RS.12,500 and in financial books is RS.11,200.What will be
the financial profit when costing profit is RS.5,000

1. RS. 5,000
2. RS. 3,700
3. RS. 6,300
4.
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1845 . B 1847 . B 1852 . C 1855 . D 1866 . A 1871 . A 1874 . E 1879 . C 1885 . B 1889 .
C

Question: 1891 Profit as per financial books is Rs. 72,000.What will be the profit as per costing books when
selling and distribution expenses, actual as well as predetermined, are RS. 2,500

1. RS. 72,000
2. RS.70,500
3. RS. 69,500
4.
5.

Question: 1895 Which of the following items is not included in financial books

1. Heavy donations
2. Loss on the sale of fixed assets
3. Notional rent
4. Interest on borrowed capital
5. all of these

Question: 1897 Which of the following items shall be added to costing profit to arrive at financial profit

1. Under-absorption of words overhead


2. Interest on debentures paid
3. Rent receivable
4. Income tax paid
5. All of the above

Question: 1913 Which of the following account will always have debit balance

1. Overhead adjustment account


2. work in progress ledger control account
3. Cost ledger control account.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
43
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
4. Factory overhead control account
5.

Question: 1916 The amount of total direct labor cost that should have been charged to all the individual
production orders worked on during January should be

1. RS. 40,000
2. RS. 33,000
3. RS. 41,000
4. RS. 55,000
5. RS. 30,000

Question: 1918 The January 31 balance of work in progress control account should be

1. RS. 36,000
2. RS. 75,000
3. RS.76,000
4. RS. 77,000
5. RS. 35,000

Question: 1919 The January 31 balance of finish Goods Control Account should be

1. RS. 25,000
2. RS. 20,000
3. RS. 5,000
4. RS. 10,000
5. RS. 30,000

Question: 1932 The cost of goods sold during January was

1. RS. 40,000
2. RS. 10,000
3. RS. 20,000
4. RS. 30,000
5. RS. 50,000

Question: 1943 The amount of under-applied or over-applied cost for January

1. Under-applied by RS. 1,000


2. under-applied by rs. 2,000
3. over-applied by RS. 1,000
4. Over-applied by RS. 2,000
5. Neither under-applied nor over-applied

Question: 1955 in flexible budgeting

1. statements included in the budget report vary from period to period


2. budget standards may be adjusted at will

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
44
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. reporting dates vary according to the activity level reported upon
4. planned activity level is adjusted to the actual activity level before the budget comparison report is
prepared
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1891 . A 1895 . C 1897 . C 1913 . B 1916 . B 1918 . A 1919 . E 1932 . C 1943 . B 1955 .
D

Question: 1963 The fixed-variable cost classification has a special significance in the preparation of

1. Flexible budget
2. Master budget
3. cash budget
4. capital budget
5.

Question: 1966 If a company wishes to establish a factory overhead budget system in levels, it should prepare a

1. Flexible budget
2. Master budget
3. cash budget
4. Fixed budget
5.

Question: 1968 Of little or no relevance in evaluating the performance of an activity would be

1. Flexible budget
2. Flexed budget
3. difference between planned and actual results
4. planning and control of activities
5.

Question: 1994 The budget for a specific activity level during a year was Rs. 50,000, while actual costs for the
same period was Rs. 45,000. Considering these facts, it can be said that the plant manager has done a better
than expected job in controlling the costs if

1. the cost is variable and actual production was 80% of budgeted production
2. the cost is variable and actual production was 90% of budgeted production
3. the cost is variable and actual production equaled budgeted production
4.
5.

Question: 1997 THE budget that is set first and all the other budgets are subordinate to it, is

1. Cash budget
2. Master budget
3. capital expenditure budget

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
45
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
4. Budget for the key factor
5. sales budget

Question: 1999 The success of a flexible budget depends upends upon careful study and classification of
expenses into

1. historical and predetermined


2. manufacturing, administrative and selling is
3. fixed, variable and semi-variable
4.
5.

Question: 2000 one of the most important tools of cost planning is

1. cost sheet
2. unit cost
3. direct cost
4. budget
5.

Question: 2001 A is a prediction of what will happen as a result of a given set of circumstances

1. Forecast
2. Budget
3. Marginal cost
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2002 A budget which lays more stress on control aspect is a an

1. operating budget
2. responsibility budget
3. flexible budget
4. financial budget
5.

Question: 2003 which of the following is usually a long-term budget

1. Sales budget
2. cash budget
3. capital expenditure budget
4. fixed budget

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1963 . A 1966 . A 1968 . D 1994 . C 1997 . D 1999 . C 2000 . D 2001 . A 2002 . B 2003
.C

Question: 2004 A budget representing fixed assets expenditure during the budget period is

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
46
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. Fixed budget
2. Capital expenditure budget
3. Long term cash budget
4. Master budget
5.

Question: 2005 The budgeted fixed cost is

1. RS. 30,000
2. RS. 40,000
3. RS. 50,000
4. RS. 80,000
5.

Question: 2006 The standard volume per month on which the budgeted overhead rate is based is

1. 3,000 tons
2. 5,000 tons
3. RS. 5,500 tons
4. 7,000 tons
5.

Question: 2008 The budgeted fixed overhead cost per ton is

1. RS. 10
2. RS. 20
3. RS.21.36
4. RS. 17.14
5.

Question: 2009 The amount of overhead absorbed in March is

1. RS. 80,000
2. RS. 1,20,000
3. RS. 1,10,000
4. RS. 1,17,500
5.

Question: 2010 The expenditure variance in March is

1. RS. 7,500(A)
2. RS.12,500(A)
3. RS. 10,000(A)
4. Nil
5.

Question: 2011 Total overhead variance in March is

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
47
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. RS. 7,500
2. RS. 12,500
3. RS. 10,000
4. RS. 20,000
5.

Question: 2012 What is the raw material cost per unit at the actual production level

1. RS. 10.08
2. RS. 16.80
3. RS. 8.40
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2013 What is the total cost of direct labor at actual production level

1. RS. 3,00.000
2. RS. 2,40,000
3. None of these
4.
5.

Question: 2014 What is the fixed works overhead total amount when output of 1,00,000 units

1. RS. 4,00,000
2. RS. 2,40,000
3. RS. 6,00,000
4. None of these

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2004 . B 2005 . C 2006 . B 2008 . A 2009 . C 2010 . B 2011 . A 2012 . A 2013 . C 2014 .
B

Question: 2015 What is the fixed works overhead per unit when output is 60,000 units

1. RS. 6
2. RS. 7
3. RS. 8
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2016 What is the variable works overhead per unit at actual production level

1. RS. 4
2. RS. 3
3. RS. 2

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
48
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2017 what is the total administrative overhead per unit at actual production level

1. RS. 2.45
2. RS 1.90
3. RS. 1,60
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2018 what is the total selling overhead per unit at 60,000 output

1. RS 0.80
2. RS 0.90
3. RS 1.07
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2019 what is the prime cost at 60,000 output level

1. RS 13.58
2. RS 13.48
3. RS.18.00
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2042 production required in the month of July 1996 is

1. 1,100 units
2. 1,150 units
3. 1,350 units
4. None of the above
5.

Question: 2045 production required in the month of August 1996 is

1. 1,100 units
2. 1,150 units
3. 1,350 units
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2048 production required in the month of September 1996 is

1. 1,400 units
2. 1,150 units
3. 1,850 units

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
49
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2049 production required in the month of October 1996 is

1. 1,800 units
2. 2,000 units
3. 2,200 units
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2051 production required in the month of November 1996 is

1. 1,800 units
2. 2,200 units
3. 2,400 units
4. None of these

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2015 . D 2016 . A 2017 . A 2018 . C 2019 . B 2042 . A 2045 . D 2048 . B 2049 . C 2051
.C

Question: 2052 production required in the month of December 1996 is

1. 1,800 units
2. 2,200 units
3. 2,400 units
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2054 production required for the six months ending December 1996 is

1. 11,000 units
2. 2,200 units
3. 2,400 units
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2057 Closing stock at the end of December will be

1. 1,000 units
2. 1,100 units
3. 1,150 units
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2060 The cost of product as determined under standard cost system is

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
50
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. fixed cost
2. historical cost
3. direct cost
4. pre-determined cost
5.

Question: 2061 In evaluating deviations of actual from standard cost, the probable technique used is

1. variable regression
2. variance analysis
3. trend analysis
4. linear progression
5.

Question: 2063 The type of standard that is best suited from cost control point of views is

1. Theoretical standard
2. Expected standard
3. Normal standard
4. Basic standard
5.

Question: 2069 which of the following standards can be attained under the most favorable conditions possible

1. Theoretical standard
2. Expected standard
3. Normal standard
4. Basic standard
5.

Question: 2071 one purpose of standard costs may be described as

1. promoting and measuring performance


2. setting costs of manufacture
3. controlling and reducing costs
4. simplifying production operations
5.

Question: 2072 A company using theoretical standard cost system should expect that

1. most variances will be strongly motivated to attain the standards


2. employees will be strongly motivated to attain the standards
3. a large incentive bonus will be paid
4. costs will be controlled better if lower standards were used
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
51
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2077 A company controls its production costs by comparing its actual monthly production cost with
the expected levels. Any significant deviations from these expected levels are investigated and evaluated as a
basis for corrective action. The quantitative technique that is most probably being used is

1. time series or trend regression analysis


2. differential calculus
3. standard cost variance analysis
4. correlation analysis

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2052 . D 2054 . B 2057 . A 2060 . D 2061 . B 2063 . B 2069 . A 2071 . C 2072 . A 2077 .
C

Question: 2077 A company controls its production costs by comparing its actual monthly production cost with
the expected levels. Any significant deviations from these expected levels are investigated and evaluated as a
basis for corrective action. The quantitative technique that is most probably being used is

1. time series or trend regression analysis


2. differential calculus
3. standard cost variance analysis
4. correlation analysis
5.

Question: 2080 In standard costing system, labor rate variance is obtained by multiplying the

1. actual rate by the difference between actual hours and standard hours
2. actual hours by the difference between actual rate and standard rate
3. standard rate by the difference between standard hours and actual hours
4.
5.

Question: 2082 if standard hours are 400 @Re 1 per hour and actual hours are 380 @ Rs. 1.25 per hour, the
labor rate variance is

1. Rs. 20(Favorable)
2. RS.25(FAVOURABLE)
3. RS. 100(Adverse)
4. RS. 95 (Adverse)
5. None of these

Question: 2084 Labor efficiency variance in the above Q.3.10 is

1. RS. 20(Favorable)
2. RS. 25(Favorable)
3. RS. 100 (unfavorable)
4. RS. 95 (unfavorable)
5. None of these

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
52
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2092 in standard costing, the material price variance is obtained by multiplying the

1. actual price by the difference between actual quantity purchased and standard quantity allowed
2. actual quantity consumed by the difference between actual price and standard price
3. standard price by the difference between standard quantity purchased and standard quantity allowed
4. standard quantity by the difference between actual price and standard price
5.

Question: 2101 if actual material cost is 900 units at Rs. 8 per unit and standard material cost in 1,000 units at
RS. 6 per unit, the material cost variance is

1. RS. 2,400 (Favorable)


2. RS. 2,400(Adverse)
3. R.s. 1,200 (Favorable)
4. RS. 1,200 (Adverse)
5.

Question: 2102 The material price variance in the above Q. 3.13 is

1. RS. 600(Favorable)
2. RS. 1,200(Adverse)
3. RS. 1,800(Adverse)
4. RS. 2,400(Favorable)
5.

Question: 2103 Material usage variance in the above Q. 3.13 is

1. RS.600(Favorable)
2. Rs. 1,000(Adverse)
3. RS. 1,800(Adverse)
4. R.s. 2,400(Favorable)
5.

Question: 2106 standard costing will produce the same financial statement results as actual or conventional
costing when standard cost variances are distributed to

1. cost of goods sold


2. income or Expense account
3. cost of goods sold and inventory
4. a balance sheet account
5.

Question: 2107 Material mix variance is a sun-variance of

1. Material cost variance


2. Material price variance
3. Material quantity variance
4. Material yield variance

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
53
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
5.

Question: 2109 Material cost variance is RS. 550(A) and material price variance RS. 150(F), the material usage
variance should be

1. RS. 400(A)
2. RS. 700(A)
3. RS. 400(F)
4. RS. 700(F)

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2072 . A 2077 . C 2080 . B 2082 . D 2084 . A 2092 . B 2101 . D 2102 . C 2103 . A 2106 .
C 2107 . C 2109 . B

Question: 2110 Overhead Budget variance is a sub-variance of

1. overhead volume variance


2. overhead efficiency variance
3. overhead cost variance
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2111 idle time a variance is a sub-variance of

1. overhead efficiency variance


2. Labor cost variance
3. Labor time variance
4. Labor efficiency variance
5.

Question: 2112 Material price variance is Rs. 300(A), material mix variance RS. 150(A) and material sub-usage
variance is RS. 50(A). The material cost variance is

1. RS. 400(A)
2. RS. 450(A)
3. RS. 500(A)
4. cannot be computed
5.

Question: 2113 in Q.322 above, the material quantity variance is

1. RS. 50(A)
2. RS. 100(A)
3. RS. 300(A)
4. RS. 250(A)
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
54
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2114 Overhead budget variance is RS. 700(A), overhead efficiency variance is RS. 300(F).what is the
amount of variable overhead cost variance

1. RS. 1,000(F)
2. RS. 400(A)
3. RS. 400(F)
4. RS. 1,000(A)
5.

Question: 2115 The type of variance not computed for factory overhead is

1. controllable
2. volume
3. equivalent production
4. idle capacity
5.

Question: 2116 standard costing can be used along with

1. Marginal costing
2. Absorption costing
3. job and process costing
4. All of the above
5.

Question: 2117 standard cost are useful in all of the following except

1. reducing costs
2. speeding up preparation of operating reports
3. establishing records
4. costing inventories
5.

Question: 2118 At the end of a financial year Hot shot company had several substantial variances from
standard variable manufacturing costs the one for which there is the strongest justification for allocation
between inventories and cost of goods sold is the one attributable to

1. additional costs of raw materials acquired under a speculative purchase contract


2. a breakdown of equipment
3. increased labor rates won by the union as a result of strike during the year
4. overestimates of production activity for the period resulting from failure to predict an unusual decline
in the market for the company' s product
5.

Question: 2119 controllable variances are best disposed of by transferring to

1. cost of goods sold


2. inventories of work-in progress and finished goods

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
55
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. cost of goods sold and inventories
4. costing profit and Loss A/c

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2107 . C 2109 . B 2110 . C 2111 . D 2112 . A 2113 . B 2114 . B 2115 . C 2116 . D 2117 .
C 2118 . C 2119 . D

Question: 2120 Uncontrollable variances are best disposed of by transferring to

1. cost of goods sold


2. inventories of work-in -progress and finished goods
3. cost of goods sold and inventories
4. costing profit and Loss A/c
5.

Question: 2126 overhead cost variance may be analyzed into

1. two variances
2. three variances
3. four three variances
4. any of the above
5.

Question: 2127 Which of the following statement best explains the difference between standard costing and
budgetary controls

1. Budget is a projection of financial accounts whereas standard cost is a projection of cost accounts
2. variances are analyzed under standard costing but not under budgetary control
3. The budget, as a statement of expected costs, is used for forecasting of finance, if certain performances
are achieved
4. Budgetary control is more intensive than standard costing
5.

Question: 2128 Fixed overhead expenditure variance is the difference between

1. Budgeted overhead and actual overhead


2. Standard overhead and actual overhead
3. Absorbed overhead and budgeted overhead
4. Absorbed overhead and standard overhead
5.

Question: 2129 Variable overhead expenditure variance is the difference between

1. Budgeted overhead and actual overhead


2. Standard overhead and actual overhead
3. Absorbed overhead and budgeted overhead

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
56
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
4. Absorbed overhead and standard overhead
5.

Question: 2130 Calendar variance is a sub-variance of

1. Expenditure variance
2. Efficiency variance
3. variable overhead cost variance
4. volume variance
5.

Question: 2131 Total sales margin variance is the difference between

1. Actual profit and standard profit


2. Actual profit and budgeted profit
3. Actual sales and budgeted sales
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2132 which of the following variance id always adverse

1. sales margin mix variance


2. Fixed overhead capacity
3. idle time variance
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2133 which of the following variances is always favorable

1. overhead volume variance


2. sales value mix variance
3. calendar variance
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2134 sales volume variance is RS 9,000(F)and sales value variance is RS 5,000(F). what are the sales
price variance RS 5,000(F)what is the sales price variance

1. RS. 14,000(F)
2. RS. 4,000(A)
3. RS. 4,000(F)
4. None of these
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2120 . C 2126 . D 2127 . C 2128 . A 2129 . B 2130 . D 2131 . B 2132 . D 2133 . D 2134 .
B

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
57
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2135 Fixed overhead cost variance is expenditure variance is RS 200(A), calendar variance RS
500(F).what is the volume variance

1. RS. 2,700(A)
2. RS. 1,900(A)
3. Rs. 2,200(A),
4. Rs. 2,500(f)
5.

Question: 2136 what is the material price variance as per Q. 3.41

1. RS 400(F)
2. RS 400(A)
3. RS 440(F)
4. RS 440(A)
5.

Question: 2137 What is the material quantity variance in Q 3.41

1. RS 960(A)
2. RS 960(f)
3. RS 1,000(A)
4. RS 1,000(F)
5.

Question: 2138 The material price variance in Q 3.46 is

1. RS. 100(Adverse)
2. RS. 100(Favorable)
3. RS. 110(Adverse)
4. RS. 110(Favorable)
5. None of the preceding responses is correct

Question: 2139 Material mixture variance in Q 3,46 is

1. Rs 110(Adverse)
2. RS. 100 (Favorable)
3. RS. 210(Adverse)
4. Rs. 408 (FAVOURABLE)
5. cannot be computed from the given data

Question: 2140 Labor efficiency variance in Q 3,46 is

1. ES. 152(Adverse)
2. RS. 560(Favorable)
3. RS. 560(Adverse)
4. RS 480(Favorable)
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
58
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2141 Labor rate variance in Q3.46 is

1. RS. 152(Adverse)
2. Rs. 560(Favorable)
3. RS. 560(Adverse)
4. RS. 480(Favorable)
5.

Question: 2142 Labor cost variance in Q 3.46 is

1. RS. 560(Favorable)
2. RS. 560(Adverse)
3. RS. 152(Adverse)
4. RS. 408(Adverse)
5. none of the preceding responses is correct

Question: 2143 in Q 3.53, what is the expenditure variance

1. RS. 2,000(A)
2. RS 4,000(A)
3. RS 2,000(F)
4. RS 4,000(F)
5.

Question: 2144 In Q 3.53, what is the volume variance

1. RS 2,000(A)
2. RS 4,000(A)
3. RS6,000(A)
4. RS 8,000(A)

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2135 . C 2136 . C 2137 . C 2138 . E 2139 . E 2140 . B 2141 . A 2142 . E 2143 . A 2144 .
C

Question: 2145 Contribution margin is also known as

1. marginal income
2. gross profit
3. net income
4. new profit
5.

Question: 2146 product costs under marginal costing include

1. prime costs only


2. prime costs and variable overhead
3. prime costs and fixed overhead

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
59
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
4. material cost and variable overhead
5.

Question: 2147 Period costs are

1. variable costs
2. fixed costs
3. prime cost
4. overhead costs
5.

Question: 2148 One of the primary differences between marginal costing absorption costing is regarding the
treatment of

1. direct materials
2. variable overheads
3. fixed overheads
4. prime cost
5.

Question: 2149 A costing method in which the fixed factory overheads are added to inventory valuation is

1. direct costing
2. marginal costing
3. absorption costing
4. none of these
5.

Question: 2150 Profit shown by absorption costing will tend to exceed profit shown by marginal costing
method if

1. units produced exceed units sold


2. variable manufacturing costs decreases
3. units sold exceeds units produced
4. fixed manufacturing costs decrease
5.

Question: 2151 Absorption costing differs from marginal costing in the

1. fact that standard costs can be used with absorption costing but not with marginal costing
2. amount of fixed costs that will be incurred
3. kinds of activities for which each can be used
4. amount of costs assigned to individual units of products
5.

Question: 2152 Under the marginal costing concept, unit product cost would most likely be increased by

1. a decrease in the number of units produced

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
60
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
2. an increase in the number of units produced
3. an increase in the commission paid to salesman for each unit sold
4. an increase in the remaining useful life of factory machinery depreciated on written down value
method
5.

Question: 2153 Contribution margin is equal to

1. sales - fixed cost - profit


2. profit + variable cost
3. fixed cost - loss
4. none of the above
5.

Question: 2154 Reporting under marginal costing is accomplished by

1. eliminating the work in progress inventory account


2. including only variable costs in income statement
3. matching variable costs against revenue and treating fixed costs as period costs
4. treating all costs as period costs
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
C 2145 . A 2146 . B 2147 . B 2148 . C 2149 . C 2150 . A 2151 . D 2152 . C 2153 .
C 2154 . C

Question: 2155 Profit / Volume ratio is an indicator of

1. the volume of sales


2. the volume of profit
3. the rate at which goods are sold
4. the of profit
5. all of these

Question: 2156 There will be no difference in profit as shown by marginal costing and that of absorption
costing when

1. opening and closing stock of finished goods remain constant


2. closing stock of finished goods is more than it s opening stock
3. opening stock of finished goods is more than its closing stock
4. none of the above
5.

Question: 2157 when fixed cost id Rs. 3,000 and sales RS.50,000, the P/V ratio will be

1. 14%
2. 20%
3. 25%

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
61
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
4. p/v ratio cannot be computed from the data given
5.

Question: 2158 when p/v ratio is 40% and sales value RS 10,000 the variable cost will be

1. RS. 4,000
2. RS. 6000
3. RS. 10,000
4. variable cost cannot be calculated from the data given
5.

Question: 2159 if net profit is 10% and p/v ratio is 50%, the margin of safety will be

1. 10%
2. 20%
3. 50%
4. margin of safety cannot be computed
5.

Question: 2160 The margin of safety may be improved by

1. increasing sales volume


2. increasing selling price
3. lowering variable cost
4. lowering fixed costs
5. All of these

Question: 2161 an item whose entire amount is usually a differential cost is

1. factory overhead
2. period cost
3. direct cost
4. conversion cost
5.

Question: 2162 As part of the data presented on support of a proposal to increase the production of car radios,
the sales manager of XYZ Electronics reported the total additional cost required for the proposed increased level
of production the increase in total cost is known as

1. opportunity
2. out-of-pocket cost
3. controllable cost
4. differential cost
5.

Question: 2163 Alto palo company has temporary unused production capacity. the idle plant facilities can be
used to manufacture a low margin item. the low margin item should be produced, if it can sold for more than it’s

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
62
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. fixed costs
2. variable costs
3. prime costs
4. indirect costs
5.

Question: 2164 Cost-volume-profit analysis is most important for the determination of the

1. volume of operations necessary to break even


2. variable revenues necessary to equal fixed costs
3. relationship between revenues and costs at various level of operations
4. sales revenue necessary to equal fixed costs
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2155 . D 2156 . A 2157 . B 2158 . B 2159 . B 2160 . E 2161 . C 2162 . D 2163 . B 2164 .
C

question: 2165 if net profit is 10% and p/v ratio is 50%, the margin of safety will be

1. 10%
2. 20%
3. 50%
4. margin of safety cannot be computed
5.

Question: 2166 The alternative that would decrease the contribution margin per unit t he most is a 20%

1. decrease in selling price


2. increase in selling price
3. increase in variable costs
4. decrease in variable cost
5.

Question: 2167 when referring to margin of safety, one has the following in mind

1. the excess of budgeted or actual sales over fixed costs


2. the excess of actual sales over break-even sales
3. the excess of actual sales over budgeted sales
4. the excess of sales revenue over variable cost
5.

Question: 2168 The conventional break-even analysis does not assume that

1. selling price per unit will remain fixed


2. total fixed costs remain the same
3. variable cost per unit will vary
4. productivity per worker will remain unchanged

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
63
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
5.

Question: 2169 if fixed costs decrease while variable cost per unit remain constant, the new break-even point
on relation to the old break-even point will be

1. indeterminate
2. unchanged
3. higher
4. lower
5.

Question: 2170 if fixed costs decrease while the variable cost per unit remain constant, the new contribution
margin in relation to old contribution margin will be

1. indeterminate
2. unchanged
3. higher
4. lower
5.

Question: 2171 when margin of safety is 20% and contribution sales ratio is 60% the profit will be

1. 30%
2. 33% 1/3%
3. 12%
4. cannot be computed
5.

Question: 2172 when fixed cost is RS. 20,000 and margin of safety is RS.10,000, the p/v ratio will be

1. 200%
2. 50%
3. 33%
4. cannot be computed
5.

Question: 2173 when sales jumped from RS. 4,00,000 and profit increased by Rs. 40,000, the p/v ratio is

1. 7.5%
2. 10%
3. 40%
4. cannot be computed
5.

Question: 2174 when total fixed cost is RS. 50,000 and variable cost to sales is 75%, the break-even point id

1. RS. 37,500
2. RS. 12,500

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
64
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. RS. 2,00,000
4. cannot be determined
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2165 . B 2166 . A 2167 . B 2168 . C 2169 . D 2170 . B 2171 . C 2172 . D 2173 . C 2174 .
C

Question: 2175 on sales of RS.2,00,000. fixed cost is RS. 30,000 and p/v ratio is 40% what is the profit

1. RS50,000
2. RS. 80,000
3. RS. 12000
4. None of these
5.

Question: 2176 In the chart given in 3.32 above, the horizontal line OL represents

1. sales
2. fixed cost
3. total cost
4. profit
5.

Question: 2177 In break-even chart, x-axis represents

1. value of sales in rupee value


2. volume of sales in units
3. volume of production in units
4. production capacity in percentage
5. Any of these

Question: 2182 In break-even chart, Y-axis represents

1. volume of sales in units


2. volume of sales in rupees
3. cost and sales in rupees
4. value of production in rupees
5. Any of these

Question: 2187 when it is desired to read contribution margin in break-even chart, than

1. variable cost should be first plotted and fixed cost should be superimposed thereon
2. fixed cost should not be first plotted and variable cost should be superimposed thereon
3. fixed cost should not be plotted at all in the chart
4.
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
65
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2206 when sales are RS. 8000 and P/V is 80% the amount of variable cost is

1. RS. 64,000
2. RS. 16,000
3. Rs. 48,000
4. cannot be known
5.

Question: 2210 In order to earn a profit of RS. 10,000, when fixed cost is RS. 20,000 and P/v ratio 20% the
amount of sales should be

1. RS. 40,000
2. RS. 30,000
3. RS. 1,00,000
4. RS. 1,50,000
5.

Question: 2212 WHEN PROFIT CHANGES BY R.s. 20,000, The sales changes by RS. 25,000, the P/V ratio is

1. 20%
2. 80%
3. 25%
4. cannot be calculated
5.

Question: 2213 when sales volume increases

1. break-even point increases


2. total profit will increase
3. total loss will increase
4. All of the above
5.

Question: 2216 which of the following would cause the greatest increase in the unit contribution margin

1. 20% decrease in fixed cost


2. 20% increase in selling price
3. 20% decrease in variable cost
4.
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.

2175 . A 2176 . A 2177 . E 2182 . C 2187 . A 2206 . C 2210 . D 2212 . B 2213 . B 2216
.B

Question: 2217 what does area ALO represent in diagram in Q. 3.43

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
66
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. profit
2. Fixed cost
3. variable cost
4. contribution
5.

Question: 2220 what does area ALO represent in diagram in Q. 3.43

1. profit
2. Loss
3. contribution
4.
5.

Question: 2224 what is represented by CD in diagram in Q. 3.43

1. key factors
2. variable cost
3. Contribution
4. Margin of safety
5.

Question: 2228 which of the following is NOT an assumption of break-even chart

1. Fixed cost does not change in total amount


2. variable cost does not change in total amount
3. selling price does not change per unit
4. company has no stocks
5.

Question: 2233 In calculating cash break-even point, which costs are taken into account

1. Fixed cost requiring cash


2. variable costs requiring cash
3. Both fixed and variable costs requiring cash
4. cash fixed cost and all variable costs including credit
5.

Question: 2237 which of the following is not depicted on a break-even chart

1. profit/Loss at different level of output


2. sales to earn given profit
3. contribution
4. P/V ratio
5.

Question: 2239 In a break-even chart, angle of incidence is formed by the inter-section of

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
67
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. sale line and variable cost line
2. sale line and total cost line
3. variable costs and fixed cost lines
4. variable cost and total cost lines
5.

Question: 2271 who has the authority to investigate and regulate all matters of account connected with the
police, and all persons concerned shall be bound to give reasonable aid and facilities to conducting such
investigations and to confirm to his orders consequent thereto

1. provincial police officer


2. capital city police officer
3. city police officer
4. All of these
5.

Question: 2544 A harmonium enclosed in a sheath is called

1. hormocyst
2. hormogonium
3. trichome
4. trichogyne
5.

Question: 3807 A debit balance on Amitie's account in your sales ledger means that

1. Amitabh owes you the money


2. you owe Amitabh the money
3. Amitabh has just paid you that amount of money
4. Amitabh has returned that amount of goods to you
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2217 . A 2220 . B 2224 . D 2228 . B 2233 . C 2237 . D 2239 . B 2271 . D 2544 . A 3807 .
A

Question: 3811 A debit balance on the rates account after the yearly transfer to the profit and loss account
indicates

1. an asset and an accrual


2. an asset and a prepayment
3. a liability and an accrual
4. a liability and a prepayment
5.

Question: 3820 which one of the following normally has a debit balance?

1. The capital account

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
68
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
2. A creditor's account
3. The motor vehicles account
4. A loan account
5.

Question: 3822 which one of the following normally has a debit balance?

1. The capital account


2. A creditor's account
3. The motor vehicles account
4. A loan account
5.

Question: 3823 Which of the following normally has a credit balance?

1. The machinery account


2. The purchases account
3. The stock account
4. The sales account
5.

Question: 3830 which one of the following statement is correct?

1. A proprietor's will remain constant if he only withdraws this Net profit each year and does not
introduce any new capital.
2. A proprietor's capital will increase if his drawings are higher than his Net profit and he does not
introduce any new capital.
3. A proprietor's capital will decrease if his Net profit is greater than his drawings and does not introduce
any new capital
4. A proprietor's capital will remain constant if he only withdraws his Net profit each year, but also
introduces new capital.
5.

Question: 3832 Gross profit equals

1. sales minus closing stock


2. purchases minus closing stock
3. nit profit minus expenses
4. sales minus cost of goods sold
5.

Question: 3835 Cost of sales equals

1. sales minus purchases


2. purchases minus returns out plus closing stock
3. sales plus opening stock minus (purchases plus closing stock)
4. opening stock minus closing stock minus returns out
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
69
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 3836 Net profit equals

1. gross profit minus expenses


2. sales minus cost of sales
3. sales minus expenses
4. capital minus expenses
5.

Question: 3837 A man buys Rs. 40,000 worth of goods and sells of them for R.s. 50,000. His gross profit is

1. Rs. 10,000
2. Rs. 20,000
3. Rs. 30,000
4. Rs. 40,000
5.

Question: 3839 If sales are Rs. 10,000, expenses Rs. 2,000 and net profit is 10% of sales, the gross profit is

1. Rs. 3,000
2. Rs. 9,000
3. Rs. 10,100
4. Rs. 11,000
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3811 . B 3820 . C 3822 . C 3823 . D 3830 . A 3832 . D 3835 . D 3836 . A 3837 . B 3839 .
A

Question: 3840 If the gross profit is Rs. 5000 and the net profit is 25% of the gross profit ,the expenses must be

1. Rs. 1,250
2. Rs. 3,750
3. Rs. 4,150
4. Rs. 6,250
5.

Question: 3841 If sales are Rs. 6,000, gross profit is 20% of sales and net profit is 10% of sales the expenses are

1. Rs. 600
2. Rs. 1,200
3. Rs. 2,400
4. Rs. 4,800
5.

Question: 3842 An operating statement is similar to a

1. trial balance
2. balance sheet

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
70
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. trading profit and loss account
4. bank reconciliation statement
5.

Question: 3843 Net sales equals’ sales minus

1. returns outwards
2. cost of goods sold
3. returns inwards
4. carriage on sales
5.

Question: 3844 The turnover is

1. Rs. 99,000
2. Rs. 99,500
3. Rs. 1,00.500
4. Rs. 1,01,000
5.

Question: 3845 The gross profit as a percentage of net sales is approximately

1. 10%
2. 20%
3. 30%
4. 40%
5.

Question: 3846 The net cost of purchases for the year was

1. Rs. 69,000
2. Rs. 70.000
3. Rs.71,000
4. Rs.73,000
5.

Question: 3847 Returns outwards amounted to

1. Rs. 500
2. Rs. 1,000
3. Rs. 1,500
4. Rs. 2,000
5.

Question: 3848 If the purchases had been under cast by Rs. 10,000 the gross profit would be

1. Rs. 31,500
2. Rs. 41,500

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
71
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. Rs. 51,500
4. Rs. 61,500
5.

Question: 3849 The cost of goods sold is

1. Rs. 59,000
2. Rs. 69,000
3. Rs. 71,000
4. Rs. 89,000
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3840 . B 3841 . A 3842 . C 3843 . C 3844 . C 3845 . D 3846 . A 3847 . D 3848 . A 3849 .
A

Question: 3850 Net profit as a percentage of net sales is approximately

1. 5%
2. 10%
3. 15%
4. 20%
5.

Question: 3851 Expenses for the year total

1. Rs. 29,000
2. Rs. 30,000
3. Rs. 31,000
4. Rs. 32,000
5.

Question: 3852 A balance sheet is a

1. statement of debtors and creditors


2. statement of income and expenditure the year
3. statement of cash received and paid throughout the year
4. Financial statement of a business' wealth on a particular scale
5.

Question: 3853 which one of the following is fixed asset for a builder's merchant?

1. Cash
2. Stock
3. Debtors
4. Type wirer
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
72
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 3854 Which one of the following is garage's current asset?

1. A breakdown van
2. The managing director's private car
3. The condense in the saleroom
4. A customer's car in for repair
5.

Question: 3855 Net current assets are the same as

1. working capital
2. total assets minus current liabilities
3. fixed assets minus current liabilities
4. capital minus current liabilities
5.

Question: 3856 A proprietor's capital of

1. opening capital plus drawing minus net profit


2. total assets minus external liabilities
3. current assets minus working capital
4. opening capital plus net profit plus creditors
5.

Question: 3857 which one of the following is usually a current liability?

1. Mortgage
2. Bank loan
3. Bank over drat
4. Rent Paid in advance
5.

Question: 3858 The percentage return on the owner's opening capital for the past year was

1. 15%
2. 20%
3. 25%
4. 30%
5.

Question: 3859 The working capital is

1. Rs. 20,000
2. Rs. 30,000
3. Rs. 50,000
4. Rs. 1,70,000
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
73
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3850 . B 3851 . D 3852 . D 3853 . D 3854 . C 3855 . A 3856 . B 3857 . C 3858 . C 3859 .
A

Question: 3860 The owner's capital employed in the business at the date of the balance sheet is

1. Rs. 1,20,000
2. Rs. 1,40,000
3. RS. 1,90,000
4. Rs. 2,13,500
5.

Question: 3861 The business' external liabilities are

1. Rs. 50,000
2. Rs. 73,500
3. Rs. 1,20,000
4. Rs. 1,40,000
5.

Question: 3862 The interest on the loan paid during the year was

1. Rs. 2,500
2. RS. 5,000
3. Rs. 7,500
4. Rs. 10,000
5.

Question: 3863 The book value of the fixed assets is

1. RS. 50,000
2. RS. 1,70,000
3. RS. 2,20,000
4. RS. 2,70,000
5.

Question: 3864 The net assets figure is

1. RS. 73,500
2. RS. 1,40,000
3. RS, 1,90,000
4. RS. 2,13,500
5.

Question: 3865 The years' rent for the business is

1. RS. 1000
2. RS. 2000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
74
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. RS. 3000
4. RS. 4000
5.

Question: 3887 The percentage return on total assets employed was approximately

1. 9%
2. 14%
3. 20%
4. 25%
5.

Question: 3888 select your answer by means of the following code

1. if 1, 2 and 3 are correct


2. if 1 and 2 only are correct
3. if only 1 is correct
4. if only 3 is correct
5.

Question: 3890 In a balance sheet the balance of the fixed assets accounts are usually included at

1. cost
2. book value
3. scarp value
4. replacement value
5.

Question: 3892 which one of the following would usually be regarded as a current liability?

1. A liability due for payment within 12 months


2. A liability due for payment within 24 months
3. A liability due for payment within 36 months
4. A liability due for payment within 48 months

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3860 . B 3861 . B 3862 . B 3863 . B 3864 . C 3865 . D 3887 . B 3888 . D 3890 . B 3892 .
A

Question: 3894 Net assets equals

1. current assets minus current liabilities


2. fixed assets minus current liabilities
3. total assets minus current liabilities
4. fictitious assets minus current liabilities
5.

Question: 3903 which one of the following not a book of original entry

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
75
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. The cash book
2. The journal
3. The ledger
4. The sales day of book
5.

Question: 3904 Day books are used

1. because of the requirements of the law


2. to avoid numerous entries in the general ledger
3. because the double entry system would not work with- out you must
4. because the Institute of Charters Account states that you must
5.

Question: 3905 which one of the following is book of original entry and is also part of the ledger?

1. The cash book


2. The journal
3. The sales day book
4. The purchase day book
5.

Question: 3906 The main source of information for the sales day book is obtained from

1. invoices received
2. credit notes sent out
3. invoices sent out
4. credit notes sent
5. the till roll

Question: 3907 The main source of information for the purchase day book is obtained from

1. invoice received
2. invoices sent out
3. credit notes received
4. debit notes sent out
5.

Question: 3908 The main source of information for the sales returns day book is obtained from

1. invoices received
2. invoices sent out
3. credit notes received
4. debit notes received
5.

Question: 3910 The main source of information for the purchase returns day book is obtained from

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
76
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. invoices received
2. invoices sent
3. credit notes received
4. debit notes sent out
5.

Question: 3912 The totals of the sales day book are transferred to the

1. debit side of the sales account


2. credit side of the sales account
3. debit side of the sales control account
4. journal proper
5.

Question: 3914 The totals of the purchase returns day books are transferred to the

1. debit side of the returns inwards account


2. debit side of the returns out wards account
3. credit side of the returns inwards account
4. credit side of the returns outwards account
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3894 . C 3903 . C 3904 . B 3905 . A 3906 . B 3907 . A 3908 . C 3910 . C 3912 . B 3914 .
D

Question: 3916 which one of the following is centered in the journal proper?

1. purchases and returns of stock


2. sales and returns of stock
3. cash transactions
4. opening entries of a new business
5.

Question: 4032 which one of the following is entered in the journal proper?

1. purchase of fixed assets for cash


2. purchase of fixed assets on credit
3. purchase of stock on credit
4. purchase of stock for cash
5.

Question: 4035 which one of the following is entered in the journal proper?

1. The sale of an asset for cash


2. The withdrawal of cash for private use
3. cash discount given to a customer
4. The correction of errors made in the ledger

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
77
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
5.

Question: 4037 An entry in the journal should include

1. the name of the account to be debited


2. the name of the account to be credited
3. A description of the transaction
4.
5.

Question: 4040 A trial balance is

1. a balance of the bank account


2. The balance of the bank account
3. a rough draft of the final accounts
4. a list of the balances in the ledger
5.

Question: 4043 The main purposes of a trial balance is to

1. help balance the bank account


2. check the arithmetical accuracy of the double entry
3. help check the arithmetical accuracy of the double entry
4. help check the bank account with the bank statement
5.

Question: 4046 select your answer by means of the following code

1. if 1, 2 and 3 are correct


2. if 1 and 2 only are correct
3. if only 1 is correct
4. if only 3 is correct
5.

Question: 4051 which of the following errors would normally be revealed by a trial balance?

1. A transaction is completely omitted from the books


2. A sale to smith brothers is entered in smith and Co.Ltd. account
3. A purchase of stock for resale has been entered in an asset account
4. The sale of an asset has only been entered on one side of the books
5.

Question: 4055 A suspense account is opined when the

1. trading account does not balance


2. profit and loss account does not balance
3. trial balance does not balance
4. bank account does not balance

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
78
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
5.

Question: 4059 select your answer by means of the following code

1. if 1, 2 and 3 are correct


2. if 1 and 2 only are correct
3. if only 1 is correct
4. if only 3 is correct
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3916 . D 4032 . B 4035 . D 4037 . A 4040 . D 4043 . C 4046 . A 4051 . D 4055 . C 4059
.D

Question: 4066 if the straight line method of depreciation is used the depreciation charge is

1. a fixed percentage of the cost of the asset each year


2. a percentage of the book value of the asset each year
3. always 10% of the cost of the asset each year
4. a fluctuating percentage of the cost of the asset each year
5.

Question: 4069 Firms charge depreciation each year

1. to ensure there is enough money in the firm to replace the asset


2. to spread the cost of the asset over its working life
3. to reduce the profit and thus reduce the dividends they can pay to shareholders
4. because the law states they must
5.

Question: 4071 which of the following assets is most likely to appreciate rather than depreciate

1. plant and machinery


2. Land and buildings
3. Motor vehicles
4. Fixtures and fittings
5.

Question: 4073 Depreciation is caused by

1. obsolescence
2. wear and tear
3. passage of time
4.
5.

Question: 4085 which of the following methods can be used to calculate depreciation?

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
79
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. straight line
2. Reducing balance
3. revaluation
4.
5.

Question: 4092 The companies Acts state that companies' Final published Accounts must show

1. depreciation charged during past year


2. the balance on the provision for depreciation account
3. the method of calculating depreciation
4.
5.

Question: 4094 Another name for the Equal Installment method of depreciation is the

1. reducing balance method


2. sinking fund method
3. straight line method
4. revaluation method
5.

Question: 4098 An asset is purchased for Rs. 11000. The scrap value is Rs. 1,000 and it is expected to last ten
years. The amount of straight depreciation charged each year would be

1. RS. 900
2. RS. 1,000
3. RS. 1,100
4. RS. 1,200
5.

Question: 4104 A firm buys an asset for RS. 10,000 and depreciates it using the diminishing balance method.
which of the following amounts world be the second year’s depreciation charge at 10% per annum

1. RS. 800
2. RS. 810
3. RS. 900
4. RS. 1,000
5.

Question: 4107 On 1st January a firm’s loose tools are valued at RS. 4,500. A year later they are revalued at RS.
3000. The depreciation charge for the year is

1. RS. 500
2. RS. 1,000
3. RS. 1,500
4. RS. 3,OOO

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
80
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4066 . A 4069 . B 4071 . B 4073 . A 4085 . A 4092 . B 4094 . C 4098 . B 4104 . C 4107 .
C

Question: 4110 The book value of a motor van on 1st January is RS. 20,000.Two years later the book value is Rs.
10,000.. The straight line depreciation rate of charge each years is

1. 12%
2. 25%
3. 33%
4. 50%
5.

Question: 4114 The vehicles in a company's feet usually last three years. it would probably charge depreciation
on a fixed installment basis at a rate of

1. 25% per annum


2. 33% per annum
3. 50% per annum
4. 665% per annum
5.

Question: 4116 A firm buys a lathe for Rs. 20,000 on 1st January and another one for RS.24,000 on 1st July.
Deprecation is charged at the rate of 10% per annum or cost, using the basis of one month's ownership needs
one month's depreciation. The total depreciation charge on the 31 December should be

1. RS. 2,200
2. RS. 3,200
3. RS. 3,600
4. RS.4,400
5.

Question: 4119 An asset cost RS. 12,000 and is expected to last ten years, so depreciation is charged at RS.
1,200 per year. How-ever, after ten years the asset is still in use. Which of the following would be the future
charge for depreciation?

1. Continue to charge RS. 1,200per year depreciation


2. Credit profit and loss account with RS. 1,200 every year the asset continues to be in use.
3. Stop charging depreciation after the ten years
4. Reduce the depreciation charge on another asset
5.

Question: 4121 A firm's assets at total RS. 1,00,000. The total depreciation charged to date is RS.45,000. The
book value of the assets is

1. RS. 45,000
2. RS. 55,000
3. RS. 1,00,000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
81
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
4. RS. 1,45,000
5.

Question: 4125 A firm's assets at cost total Rs.1,00,000 .The total depreciation.2,40,000. charged to date is
Rs.2,40000. Depreciation was charged at the rate of 10% annum by the straight line method. It decided to
change its method to diminishing balance at 10% per annum, with retrospective effect. The total difference in
the profits over the three years would be

1. RS, 6,690
2. Rs, 6,960
3. RS. 9,660
4. RS. 9,690
5.

Question: 4174 If the provision for bad debts account is adjusted at the end of this financial year to equal 5% of
the debtors. the balance on the total debtors account at 31st December must have been

1. RS. 10,000
2. RS. 25,000
3. RS. 40,000
4. RS. 50,000
5.

Question: 4175 The nit figure for debtors which appeared in the balance sheet at the end of the previous year
was

1. RS. 47,500
2. RS. 48,000
3. RS. 51,500
4. RS. 52,500
5.

Question: 4176 If the RS. 1,000 bad debts had not been written off, the overall effect on the profit for the year
of all the entries relating to debtors, debts and provision for bad debts is

1. a decrease of TS. 1,500


2. a decrease of RS. 1,500
3. an increase of RS. 500
4. an increase of RS. 1,500
5.

Question: 4183 If the Rs. 1,000 bad debts had not been written off, the overall effect on the profit for the year
of all the entries relating to debtors, bad provision for bad debts would have been

1. nil
2. a decrease of Rs. 500
3. an increase of RS. 500
4. an increase of RS. 1,500

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
82
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4110 . B 4114 . B 4116 . B 4119 . C 4121 . B 4125 . B 4174 . C 4175 . A 4176 . B 4183 .
C

Question: 4186 If the Rs. 1,000 bad debts had not been written off, the overall effect on the profit for the year
of all the entries relating to debtors, bad provision for bad debts would have been

1. nil
2. a decrease of Rs. 500
3. an increase of RS. 500
4. an increase of RS. 1,500
5.

Question: 4190 Which one of the following statements about debtors, bad debts and provisions for bad debts
in the incorrect?

1. Debtors usually appear as a current asset in the balance in the balance sheet
2. provisions for bad debts usually have a debit balance in ledger
3. The bad debts account usually has a debit balance in the ledger
4. An increase in the provision for bad debts account will reduce the profit of the firm
5.

Question: 4191 which one of the following types of business is likely to have the largest amount of 'bad debts' ?

1. A Chinese take away


2. A newsagent
3. A bank
4. A supermarket
5.

Question: 4193 If the sales ledger control has a debit balance of RS. 39,400 it means that

1. there is RS. 39,400 in the bank account


2. customers owe you RS. 39,500
3. you owe supplies R.s. 39500
4. you owe expenses totaling RS. 39,400
5.

Question: 4197 If the purchase ledger control has a credit balance of RS. 48,000 it means that

1. your bank account is overdrawn by RS. 48,000 customers


2. customers owe you RS. 48,000
3. you owe suppliers RS. 48,000
4. you owe expenses totaling RS. 48,000
5.

Question: 4200 The total of the returns out wards for the month should be entered on the

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
83
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. debit side of the purchase control account
2. credit side of the purchase control account
3. credit side of the sales control account
4. debit side of the sales control account
5.

Question: 4201 Additional freight costs charged control account

1. credit side of the purchase control account


2. credit side of the purchase control account
3. credit side of the sales control account
4. debit side of the sales control account
5.

Question: 4202 Cash discounts received should be entered on the

1. debit side of the purchase control account


2. credit side of the purchase control account
3. credit side of the sales control account
4. debit side of the sales control account
5.

Question: 4207 At the end of the financial year, once the balances on the control account are agreed with the
total balances from their respective ledgers, they should appear in the balance sheet as

1. fictitious assets and debentures


2. debtors' and creditors' balance
3. fixed assets and long term liabilities
4. fixed assets and share capital
5.

Question: 4210 A cherub received which has now been dishonored should be entered on the

1. debit side of the purchase control account


2. credit side of the purchase control account
3. credit side of the sales control account
4. debit side of the sales control account

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.

4186 . C 4190 . B 4191 . D 4193 . B 4197 . C 4200 . A 4201 . D 4202 . C 4207 . B 4210
.D

Question: 4217 Assuming that it reconciles with the cash book, a credit balance on a bank statement on the
31st December would appear in the balance sheet as a

1. current asset
2. current liability

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
84
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. fixed asset
4. long term liability
5.

Question: 4220 when the monthly bank statement is out which one of the following would appear?

1. cherubs written but not yet presented for payment


2. credit transfer received from customers
3. payment into the band not yet credited
4. A sales ledger balance written off as a bad debt
5.

Question: 4224 which one of the following be entered in the cash book and not on the bank statement ?

1. Bank charges
2. A dishonored cherub
3. payments into the bank but not yet credited
4. A credit transfer received from a customer
5.

Question: 4225 when drawing up a bank reconciliation statement, if you start with a debit balance as per the
bank statement, the unrepresented cherubs should be

1. added
2. subtracted
3. multiplied
4. divided
5.

Question: 4228 when drawing up a bank reconciliation statement, if you start with a debit balance in the cash
book , bank charges should be

1. added
2. subtracted
3. multiplied
4. divided
5.

Question: 4233 The petty cash is kept on the IMPREST system and the balance at the start of the month is Rs.
1,000. If petty cash expenses during the month of Rs.720 are incurred, the amount received from the cashier at
the start of the next month should be

1. Rs.280
2. Rs.720
3. Rs.1,000
4. Rs.1,720
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
85
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4234 The main purpose of petty cash is

1. to pay employees wages


2. to pay suppliers for their goods
3. as change for the till
4. to pay small day to day business expenses
5.

Question: 4236 Under the immprest system the petty cash is

1. increased every week


2. reduced every week
3. always restored to the original amount
4. used up completely before being restored
5.

Question: 4237 A receipts and payments account is similar to

1. an income and expenditure account


2. a statement of affairs
3. a cash or bank account
4. a profit and loss account
5.

Question: 4238 A club's income and expenditure account performs the same function as a firm's

1. trading profit and loss account


2. balance sheet
3. bank account
4. petty cash book
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4217 . A 4220 . B 4224 . C 4225 . A 4228 . B 4233 . B 4234 . D 4236 . C 4237 . C 4238 .
A

Question: 4239 A club's balance sheet may be referred to as its

1. income and expenditure account


2. receipts and payments account
3. accumulated fund
4. statement of affairs
5.

Question: 4240 A club's loss is often referred to as

1. a balance
2. a deficit

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
86
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. a surplus
4. drawing
5.

Question: 4241 The amount of member's subscriptions paid advance is

1. as asset
2. an expense
3. a liability
4. a surplus
5.

Question: 4242 If a club owned a bar, the amount of profit or made by the bar in a financial year would be
shown in the

1. receipts and payments account


2. income and expenditure account
3. balance sheet
4. bank account
5.

Question: 4243 A club's capital may be referred to as its

1. bank balance
2. assets
3. accumulated fund
4. surplus
5.

Question: 4244 A club has 100 members and the subscription is Rs.10 per year. All have paid the right amount
except three members who paid Rs.20 each because they owed for the previous year, and one member who
also paid for next year . The income from subscriptions for the year in the income and expenditure account
should be

1. Rs.960
2. Rs.1,000
3. Rs.1,030
4. Rs.1,040
5.

Question: 4245 Depreciation written off the snooker table should be entered in the

1. receipts and payments account only


2. receipts and payments account and the income and expenditure account
3. receipts and payments account and the statement of affairs
4. income and expenditure account and the statement
5.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
87
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4246 Rs.4,000 spent on a snooker table should be entered in the

1. receipts and payments account only


2. receipts and payments account and the income and expenditure account
3. receipts and payments account and the statement affairs
4. income and expenditure account and the statement of affairs
5.

Question: 4247 The rate of turnover of stock is the

1. total value of turnover


2. average stock divided by the cost of sales
3. numbers of times the average stock is sold
4. average of the opening and closing stock
5.

Question: 4248 The cost of goods sold is the

1. average stock divided by the rate of turnover of stock


2. average stock multiplied by the turnover
3. rate of turnover of stock divided by the average stock
4. average stock multiplied by the rate of turnover of stock

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4239 . D 4240 . B 4241 . C 4242 . B 4243 . C 4244 . B 4245 . D 4246 . C 4247 . C 4248 .
D

Question: 4249 Which one of the following is most likely to have the lowest rate of stock turn?

1. a super market
2. a greengrocer
3. a newsagent
4. a jeweler
5.

Question: 4250 If a supermarket marks up its goods for resale by 10% on cost, the gross profit made on Rs.
1,000 worth of purchased should be

1. Rs.100
2. Rs.900
3. Rs.1,000
4. Rs.1,100
5.

Question: 4252 During a year a store makes a gross profit of Rs.80,000 which is 20% of the cost of goods sold.
The sales mast therefore be

1. Rs. 4,00,000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
88
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
2. Rs. 4,80,000
3. Rs. 4,00,000
4. Rs. 1,00,000
5.

Question: 4253 During a year a store's sales are Rs.5,00,000 and expenses are 20% of the gross profit. If 25% is
added to the cost price of goods to obtain the selling price, the net profit is

1. Rs. 25,000
2. Rs. 55,000
3. Rs. 80,000
4. Rs. 1,00,000
5.

Question: 4254 A trader starts a business with Rs.10000 cash and a van worth Rs.5000. At the end of his first
year he has Rs.2000 in the bank, stock worth Rs.5,000, debtors valued Rs.2,000 and the van which is now worth
Rs.Rs.4,000. If he has withdrawn Rs.2,000 from the business during the year for private expenses, he has made

1. a loss of Rs.1,000
2. neither a profit nor a loss
3. a profit of Rs.1,000
4. a profit of Rs.2,000
5.

Question: 4257 A store's make up is the

1. gross profit expressed as a percentage of the cost of goods sold


2. gross profit expressed as a percentage of the sales
3. not profit expressed as a percentage of the cost of goods sold
4. net profit expressed as a percentage of the sales
5.

Question: 4258 A store's margin is the

1. gross profit expressed as a percentage of the cost goods sold


2. gross profit expressed as a percentage of the sales
3. net profit expressed as a percentage of the cost goods sold
4. net profit expressed as a percentage of the sales
5.

Question: 4259 A trader uses his business bank account and writes cherubs totaling Rs 25,000 for his private
use. He also takes stock valued at Rs.9,000 from the shelves for his own use, and decides to give his daughter
one of the firm's typewriters valued at Rs.1,200 as she is starting a secretarial course at the local college. His
drawings for the year total

1. Rs. 25,000
2. Rs. 26,200
3. Rs. 34,000
4. Rs. 35,200
Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
89
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
5.

Question: 4260 if a store's mark up is 25% the margin must be

1. 5%
2. 10%
3. 15%
4. 20%
5.

Question: 4261 Ten people formed a partnership and contributed Rs.100 each to the venture. The total capital
was used to purchase goods which were resold at a markup of 100% on cost. If expenses were 25% of sales and
the net profit was distributed equally to the partners, each partner has increased his initial capital by

1. 25%
2. 50%
3. 75%
4. 100%
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4249 . D 4250 . A 4252 . B 4253 . C 4254 . B 4257 . A 4258 . B 4259 . D 4260 . D 4261 .
B

Question: 4266 A firm owes Rs. 200 to trade creditors at the start in the year and Rs.300 at the end. Purchases
on credit during the year totaled Rs.10,000. If suppliers allowed a total of Rs. 500 cash discount during the year,
the amount paid so the creditors have been

1. Rs. 9,200
2. Rs. 9,400
3. Rs. 9,600
4. Rs. 9,200
5.

Question: 4267 A firm's debtors fell from Rs.1,000 at the start of the year to Rs.900 at the end. the total of the
sales day book was Rs.7,900 and the cash book showed that Rs. 7,700 was received from debtors during the
year. Assuming a bad debt of Rs. 100 was written off, the cash discount allowed to credit customers during the
year must have amounted to

1. Rs. 200
2. Rs. 400
3. Rs. 700
4. Rs. 900
5.

Question: 4268 the main purpose of a manufacturing account is to find the

1. cost of overheads

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
90
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
2. cost of raw materials used
3. cost of production
4. gross profit
5.

Question: 4270 Which one of the following is not an overhead?

1. cost of raw materials


2. depreciation of plant and machinery
3. rent and rates of the factory
4. foreman's wages
5.

Question: 4272 An alternative expression for indirect expenses is

1. prime cost
2. production cost
3. work in progress
4. overheads
5.

Question: 4273 Which one of the following would not be included in the prime cost?

1. manufacturing wages
2. direct power
3. direct factory expenses
4. heating and lighting of the factory
5.

Question: 4275 The prime cost consists of

1. wages plus overheads


2. materials plus overheads
3. all direct factory expenses
4. indirect factory expense
5.

Question: 4286 A bank reconciliation statement reconciles the

1. ledger with the journals


2. petty cash book with the bank account
3. bank statement with the cash book
4. day books with the bank statement
5.

Question: 4287 Assuming that it reconciles with the cash book, a credit balance on a bank statement on the
31st December would appear in the balance sheet as a

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
91
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. current asset
2. current liability
3. fixed asset
4. long term liability
5.

Question: 4288 when the monthly bank statement is sent out which one of the following would appear?

1. cherubs written but not yet presented for payment


2. credit transfer received from customers
3. payment into the bank not yet credited
4. A sales ledger balance written off as a bad debt

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4266 . B 4267 . A 4268 . C 4270 . A 4272 . D 4273 . D 4275 . C 4286 . C 4287 . A 4288 .
B

Question: 4289 work in progress at the end of the financial year is

1. included in the present year's production cost


2. not included in the present year's production cost
3. included in the previous year's production cost
4. added to the cost of raw materials
5.

Question: 4290 work in progress at the end of the financial year is

1. included in the present year's production cost


2. not included in the present year's production cost
3. included in the previous year's production cost
4. added to the cost of raw materials
5.

Question: 4291 If the prime cost is Rs. 40,000 overheads R.s. 60,000, work in progress at 1st January Rs. 10,000
and work in progress at 31st December RS. 20,000 the cost of the year's production of finished goods is

1. RS. 90,000
2. RS. 1, 00,000
3. RS. 1,10,000
4. RS. 1,30,000
5.

Question: 4292 Depreciation of plant and machinery is usually classified as

1. a financial cost
2. an overhead cost

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
92
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
3. a selling cost
4. an administration cost
5.

Question: 4293 If a manufacturing company gas to pay a royalty for every unit it produces, this would probably
be classified as

1. an indirect cost
2. a direct cost
3. an overhead
4. a cost of materials
5.

Question: 4294 Which one of the following is usually classified as a variable cost in the short term?

1. cost of materials used


2. factory rates
3. factory rent
4. foreman's wages
5.

Question: 4295 which one of the following is usually classified as a fixed cost in the short term?

1. Direct labor costs


2. power for the factory machinery
3. cost of materials used
4. factory rent and rates
5.

Question: 4296 In a manufacturing firm's trading account the cost of production figure replaces the

1. cost of goods sold


2. closing stock of finished goods
3. purchase of finished goods
4. gross profit
5.

Question: 4297 The cost of raw materials used is

1. Rs. 5,00,000
2. Rs. 6,00,000
3. RS. 6,50,000
4. RS. 6,70,000
5.

Question: 4298 The prime cost is

1. RS. 6,00,000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
93
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
2. RS. 670,000
3. RS. 11,00,000
4. RS. 14,20,000
5.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4289 . B 4290 . B 4291 . A 4292 . B 4293 . B 4294 . A 4295 . D 4296 . C 4297 . B 4298 .
C

Question: 4299 The total factory overheads are

1. RS.2,30,000
2. RS. 3,20,000
3. RS. 14,10,000
4. RS. 14,20,000
5.

Question: 4300 The cost of the year's production of finished goods is

1. RS. 11,00,000
2. RS. 14,10,000
3. RS. 14,20,000
4. RS. 14,60,000
5.

Question: 4301 The work in progress at the start of the year was

1. RS. 10,000
2. RS. 30,000
3. RS. 40,000
4. RS. 50,000
5.

Question: 4302 The indirect wages for the year totaled

1. RS. 10,000
2. RS. 20,000
3. RS. 30,000
4. RS. 40,000
5.

Question: 4303 If the accountant had forgotten to take in to account that RS. 5,000 paid for forgotten to take
into account that RS. 5,000 paid for factory rates was for the following year, the production cost would have
been

1. RS. 14,05,000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
94
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
2. RS. 14,10,000
3. RS. 15,000
4. RS. 14,20,000
5.

Question: 4304 At the end of the financial year a partner's drawing current account are transferred to the

1. credit side of the partner's capital account


2. credit side of the partner's current account
3. debit side of the partnership bank account
4. debit side of the partner's
5.

Question: 4305 After the final accounts have been prepared, a debit balance on a partner's current account
means that the

1. partner is owed that amount by partnership


2. partnership's bank account is overdrawn
3. partner is in debt to the partnership for that amount
4. partnership has no working capital
5.

Question: 4306 If one partner received a salary which is credited to him at the end of the year, the share of the
profit available for distribution will be

1. increased
2. decreased
3. unchanged
4. non-existent
5.

Question: 4314 which one of the following would be entered in the cash book and not on the bank statement

1. Bank charges
2. A dishonored cherub
3. payment into the bank but not yet credited
4. A credit transfer received from a customer
5.

Question: 4315 when drawing up a bank reconciliation statement, if you start with a debit balance as per the
bank statement, the unprecedented cheques should be

1. added
2. subtracted
3. multiplied
4. divided

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
95
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4299 . B 4300 . B 4301 . C 4302 . C 4303 . A 4304 . D 4305 . C 4306 . B 4314 . C 4315 .
A

Question: 4316 when drawing up a bank reconciliation statement, if you start with a debit balance in the cash
book, the bank charges should be

1. added
2. subtracted
3. multiplied
4. divided
5.

Question: 4317 when the monthly bank statement is sent out which one of the following would not appear

1. Interest charged by the bank


2. A dishonored cheque
3. A direct debit
4. A payment from petty cash
5.

Question: 4318 The petty cash is kept on the Imprest system and the balance at the start of the month is RS.
1,000. If petty cash expenses during the month of RS. 720 are incurred, the amount received from the cashier at
the start of the next month should be

1. RS. 280
2. RS. 720
3. RS. 1,000
4. RS. 1,720
5.

Question: 4319 The main purpose of petty

1. to pay employees, wages


2. to pay suppliers for their goods
3. as change for the till
4. to pay small day to day business expenses
5.

Question: 4351 An analytical petty cash book

1. Lists different petty expenses under their relevant headings


2. is used instead of three column cash book
3. is not part of the double entry system
4. is always run on the imprest system
5.

Question: 4353 Under the Imprest system the cash is

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
96
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. increased every week
2. reduced every week
3. always restored to the original amount
4. used op completely before being restored
5.

Question: 4355 A receipts and payments account is similar to

1. an income and expenditure account


2. a statement of affairs
3. a cash or bank account
4. a profit and loss account
5.

Question: 4358 A club's income and expenditure account performs the same function as a firm's

1. trading, profit and loss account


2. balance sheet
3. bank account
4. petty cash book
5.

Question: 4359 A club's balance sheet may be referred to as its

1. income and expenditure account


2. receipts and payments account
3. accumulated fund
4. statement of affairs
5.

Question: 4360 A club's capital may be referred to as its

1. bank balance
2. assets
3. accumulated fund
4. surplus
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4316 . B 4317 . D 4318 . B 4319 . D 4351 . A 4353 . C 4355 . C 4358 . A 4359 . D 4360 .
C

Question: 4362 A club's loss is often referred to as

1. a balance
2. a deficit
3. a surplus
4. drawings

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
97
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
5.

Question: 4366 The amount of member's subscriptions paid in advance is

1. an asset
2. an expense
3. a liability
4. a surplus
5.

Question: 4368 I a club owned a bar, the amount of profit or loss made by the bar in a financial year would be
shown in the

1. receipts and payments account


2. income and expenditure account
3. balance sheet
4. bank account
5.

Question: 4372 A club has 100 members and the subscription is RS. 10 per year. All have paid the right amount
except three members who paid RS. 20each because they owed for the previous year, and one member who
also paid for next year. The income from subscriptions for the year in the income and expenditure account
should be

1. RS. 960
2. RS. 1,000
3. RS. 1,030
4. RS. 1,040
5.

Question: 4373 RS. 4,000 spent on a snooker table should be entered in the

1. receipts and payments account only


2. receipts and payments account and the income and expenditure account
3. receipts and payments account and the statement of affairs
4. income and expenditure account and the statement of affairs
5.

Question: 4374 Depreciation written off the snooker table should be entered on the

1. receipts and payments account only


2. receipts and payments account and the income and expenditure account
3. receipts and payments account and the statement of affairs
4. income and expenditure account and the statement of affairs
5.

Question: 4375 During the year the cash figure has increased by

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
98
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
1. RS. 820
2. RS. 1,000
3. RS.1,820
4. RS.2,790
5.

Question: 4376 The accumulated fund at the beginning of the club's second year amounted to

1. RS. 820
2. RS.1,000
3. RS. 1,820
4. RS. 2,790
5.

Question: 4377 Rent owing at the end of the year amounted to

1. nil
2. RS. 50
3. RS. 350
4. RS. 400
5.

Question: 4378 Rates owing at the end of the year amounted to

1. nil
2. RS. 30
3. RS. 100
4. RS. 130
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4362 . B 4366 . C 4368 . B 4372 . B 4373 . C 4374 . D 4375 . B 4376 . A 4377 . B 4378 .
A

Question: 4379 The amount owed to creditors for supplies of sweets at 31 December was

1. RS. 30
2. RS. 210
3. RS. 420
4. RS. 600
5.

Question: 4381 The book value of fixed assets at 31st December amounted to

1. RS. 20
2. RS. 70
3. RS.90
4. RS. 110

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
99
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
5.

Question: 4382 If the donations had been 'capitalized,' the accumulated fund at 31st December would have
been

1. RS. 700
2. RS. 820
3. RS. 1,520
4. RS. 1,740
5.

Question: 4383 If the donations had been 'capitalized,' the surplus would have been

1. RS. 120
2. RS. 700
3. RS.820
4. RS.1,520
5.

Question: 4384 The current assets at 31st December amounted to

1. RS. 1,000
2. RS. 1,040
3. RS. 1,070
4. RS. 1,110
5.

Question: 4386 The rate of turnover of stock is the

1. total value of turnover


2. average stock divide by the cost of sales
3. number of times the average stock is sold
4. average of the opening and closing stock
5.

Question: 4389 The cost of goods sold is the

1. average stock divided by the rate of turnover of stock


2. average stock multiplied by the turnover
3. rate of turnover of stock divided by the average stock
4. average stock multiplied by the rate of turnover of stock
5.

Question: 4392 which one of the following is most likely to have the lowest rate of stock turn?

1. A super market
2. A greengrocer
3. A news agent

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
100
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
4. A jeweler
5.

Question: 4398 If a supermarket marks up its goods for resale by 10% on cost, the gross profit made on RS.
1,000 worth of purchased should be

1. RS. 100
2. RS. 900
3. RS. 1,000
4. RS. 1,100
5.

Question: 4399 which one of the following is most likely to have the lowest rate of stock turn?

1. A super market
2. A greengrocer
3. A news agent
4. A jeweler
5.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4379 . B 4381 . C 4382 . B 4383 . A 4384 . C 4386 . C 4389 . D 4392 . D 4398 . A 4399 .
D

Question: 4401 The amount owed to creditors for supplies of sweets at 31 December was

1. RS. 30
2. RS. 210
3. RS. 420
4. RS. 600
5.

Question: 4404 During a year a store makes a gross profit of RS. 80,000 which is 20% of the cost of goods sold
The sales mast therefore be

1. RS. 4,000,000
2. 4,80,000
3. RS. 5,20,000
4. RS. 1,00,000
5.

Question: 4411 During a year a store's sales are R.s. 5,00,000 and expenses are 20% of the gross profit. If 25% is
added to the cost price of goods to obtain the selling price, the net profit is

1. RS. 25,000
2. RS. 55,000
3. RS. 80,000
4. RS. 1,00.000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
101
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4398 . A 4399 . D 4401 . B 4404 . B 4411 . C

M
A
N
A
Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
102
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)

G
E
M
E
N
T

Question: 924 Direct wages should always be classified

6. as variable costs
7. as fixed costs
8. as semi-fixed
9. according to their actual behavior
10.

Question: 928 The First in First Out (FIFO) materials pricing system charges issues at

6. the price of the most recent batch in stock


7. the price of the first component used in the period
8. the average price of goods in stock
9. the price of the oldest batch in stock
10.
Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
103
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 933 The Last in First Out (LIFO) system will

6. value stocks at current values


7. understate product in times of rising prices
8. tend to produce realistic product costs
9. make cost comparisons between jobs easier
10.

Question: 940 When Activity Based Costing is used it is probable the

6. all products will cost more


7. high volume product will tend to be costed lower
8. direct costs will be a smaller proportion of total costs
9. more costs will be charghed to products which are produced for stock
10.

Question: 942 the use of backflush accounting means that

6. conversion costs cannot be carried forward in stock values


7. stocks cannot occur
8. raw material costs will be reduced
9. costs are attributed to stock and cost of sales when the finished goods are made
10.

Question: 943 Unit costs are extensively used in the public sector. This is because

6. they are a rough and ready guide to efficiency


7. they are a good measure of the quality of service provided
8. they allow for regional differences
9. they enable public sector organizations to stay within the set cash limits
10.

Question: 944 which of the following firms are most likely to use process costing

6. a car manufacturer
7. a sugar refinery
8. a builder
9. a departmental store
10.

Question: 946 Activity Based Costing absorbs overheads into products

6. by treating most of them as long-term variable costs


7. by ignoring the volume of production
8. according to the usage of support overheads
9. by only producing on demand
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
104
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 948 Significant Digit Codes are

6. where some of the digits are part of the description


7. only used for raw materials
8. to enable a code to be self-checking
9. a means of combing expenditure and location codes
10.

Question: 952 Check digit variations is

6. the process of checking invoices for correct calculations


7. a method of making code numbers self checking
8. to enable codes to be self-indexing
9. the encoding of invoices with internal codes
10.

Question: 956 which of the following firms would be most likely to use job costing

6. a paint manufacturer
7. a sugar refinery
8. a firm of architects
9. a car manufacturers
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
924 . D 928 . D 933 . C 940 . B 942 . D 943 . A 944 . B 946 . C 948 . A 952 . B 956 .
C

Question: 960 Labor turnovers can be expressed as a ratio as follows

6. Number of leavers
7. Number replaced
8. Numbers of employees at the end
9. Number of leavers in a period
10.

Question: 965 A cost drivers is

6. the amount of overhead caused by an activity


7. a unit of activity which causes costs
8. a long term variable costs
9. equivalent to a cost centre
10.

Question: 969 Prime cost includes

6. Direct labour,direct materials and direct expenses


7. All direct costs plus factory overheads

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
105
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
8. Direct materials plus total overheads
9. Direct labor plus factory overheads
10.

Question: 974 A cost center is

6. A unit of production in relation to which costs are ascertained


7. A location which is responsible for controlling direct costs
8. Part of the overhead system by which costs are gathered together
9. Any location or department which incurs cost
10.

Question: 981 Cost apportionments is carried out by

6. Charging each cost unit a realistic proportion of overheads


7. charging whole items of cost to centers
8. Ensuring that each period carries its amount of cost by making accruals or prepayment s
9. Dividing common costs among centers in proportion to the benefit received
10.

Question: 990 Overhead absorption is done so that

6. common costs are shared among cost centres,in portion to the benefit received
7. The total amount of overheads for the firm can be calculated
8. The total overheads for a cost centre can be calculated
9. Each unit of the product carries a share of overheads
10.

Question: 998 Expenditure on steel used in the product would be classified into which of the following
categories

6. Direct material/cost unit


7. direct material/production overheads
8. in direct material/cost unit
9. prime cost/production overhead
10.

Question: 1005 A firms’ uses direct labor a basis for overhead absorption if large fluctuations in labor house are
experiences

6. this is a reason to use predetermined overhead rate


7. this will mean that overheads will be under or over absorbed for the year
8. different amounts of overhead will be charged to jobs with the same labor hours
9. it will be better to use a machine hour rate
10.

Question: 1039 A predetermined overhead rate using machine hours as a basis

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
106
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. is calculated by dividing actual overhead by budgeted machine hours
7. results in the over absorption of overhead
8. is inferior to a rate based on labor hours
9. results in charging similar overheads to jobs with similar machine hours
10.

Question: 1043 the costing associated with a typical site based contract

6. means that more costs can be identified as direct


7. requires some estimate to be made of interim profits
8. means that the contract account will be credited with materials at the end of thee contract
9. includes all of these
10.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
952 . B 956 . C 960 . B 965 . B 969 . A 974 . C 981 . D 990 . D 998 . A 1005 . A 1039
.D 1043 . D

Question: 1046 Using process costing the amount of cost transferred to finished goods stock is the cost of

6. the equivalent production for the period


7. the units completed during the period
8. the units started and completed during the period
9. the units in the opening Finished Goods stocks
10.

Question: 1054 Double loop feedback

6. is information designed to ensures that operations conform to plans


7. is designed to assess how well the control system operates and how relevant current pains are
8. is information passed up two layers of the organization
9. is information that is double checked for accuracy
10.

Question: 1057 the distance A represents

6. contribution at activity level X


7. profit at activity level X
8. the amount of variable costs at activity level X
9. the margin of safety
10.

Question: 1061 the distance represents

6. contribution at activity level Y


7. the amount of variable costs at activity level Y

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
107
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
8. the level of sales at activity level Y
9. the amount of variable costs at activity level Y
10.

Question: 1069 which of the following are possible causes of the changes in the graph at activity level Z

6. an increase in sales value causing an increase in contribution


7. a decrease in fixed costs causing an increase in variable costs
8. an increase in total fixed costs and a decrease in variable costs per unit
9. an increase in total variable costs and a decrease in fixed costs per unit
10.

Question: 1078 what do the lines C and D represent

6. Fixed costs and variable costs respectively


7. Total costs and variable costs respectively
8. Variable cost and fixed costs respectively
9. Sales revenue and total costs respectively
10.

Question: 1081 if the total expenditure on cost type X was expressed as a cost per unit of the product X would
be classified as variable if

6. the cost per unit changed with the level of activity


7. the cost per unit was affected by inflation
8. the cost per unit remained constant with changes in the level of activity
9. the total expenditure on X remained the same
10.

Question: 1085 the main purpose of cost accounting is to

6. maximize profits
7. help in inventory valuation
8. provide information to management for decision-making
9. aid in the fixation of selling prices
10.

Question: 1086 one of the most important tools in cost planning is

6. direct cost
7. budget
8. cost sheet
9. marginal costing
10.

Question: 1088 the purpose of cost accounting is to provide information for

6. preparing costing P& L A/c

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
108
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. cost control
8. locating factors leading to wastages and losses
9. assessing the profitability and financial position of the firm
10.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1039 . D 1043 . D 1046 . C 1054 . A 1057 . A 1061 . D 1069 . C 1078 . B 1081 . C 1085 .
C 1086 . B 1088 . B

Question: 1089 Fixed cost per unit increases when

6. variable cost per unit increases


7. variable cost per unit decreases
8. Production volume increases
9. production volume decreases
10.

Question: 1091 Variable cost per unit

6. varies when output varies


7. remains constant
8. increases when output increases
9. decreases when output decreases
10.

Question: 1093 Increase in total variable cost is due to

6. increase in fixed cost


7. increase in sales
8. increase in production
9. increase in total cost
10.

Question: 1095 an example of variable cost is

6. property taxes
7. interest on capital
8. direct material cost
9. depreciation of machinery
10.

Question: 1100 an example of fixed cost is

6. direct material cost

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
109
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. works managers salary
8. depreciation of machinery
9. chargeable expenses
10.

Question: 1102 Cost accounting concepts include all of following except

6. Planning
7. controlling
8. profit sharing
9. product costing
10.

Question: 1104 the three major elements of product costs are all but

6. direct materials
7. Factory overhead
8. direct labor
9. indirect labor
10.

Question: 1111 Cost of goods produced includes

6. production cost and finished goods inventory


7. production cost and work-in-progress
8. production cost, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory
9.
10.

Question: 1117 Cost of goods sold includes

6. cost of production and work-in-progress


7. cost of production and finished goods inventory
8. cost production, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory
9.
10.

Question: 1123 an overstatement of work-in-progress at the end of a period will

6. overstate cost of goods produced


7. understate current assets
8. understate gross profit
9. overstate net profit
10.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
110
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1086 . B 1088 . B 1089 . D 1091 . B 1093 . C 1095 . C 1100 . B 1102 . C 1104 . D 1111 .
B 1117 . B 1123 . D

Question: 1117 Cost of goods sold includes

6. cost of production and work-in-progress


7. cost of production and finished goods inventory
8. cost production, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory
9.
10.

Question: 1123 an overstatement of work-in-progress at the end of a period will

6. overstate cost of goods produced


7. understate current assets
8. understate gross profit
9. overstate net profit
10.

Question: 1126 Conversion cost is equal to the total of

6. material cost and indirect wages


7. material cost and indirect wages
8. direct wages and factory overhead
9. material cost and factory overhead
10.

Question: 1127 multiple costing methods is used in

6. oil refinery
7. car manufacturing company
8. sugar mill
9. multi-product company
10.

Question: 1128 Toy manufacturing company should use

6. unit costing
7. job costing
8. batch costing
9. multiple costing
10.

Question: 1129 Electricity generating company should use

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
111
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. unit costing
7. process costing
8. batch costing
9. multiple costing
10.

Question: 1130 Job costing is used in

6. paper mills
7. chemical works
8. printing press
9. textile mill
10.

Question: 1131 Output costing is employed in

6. mining quarries
7. steel production
8. brick kilns
9. all of these
10.

Question: 1132 Contract costing is used in

6. ship-building
7. airplane industries
8. automobile industries
9. none of these
10.

Question: 1167 Direct material is a

6. Fixed cost
7. variable cost
8. semi variable cost
9.
10.

Question: 1172 Direct material is a

6. manufacturing cost
7. Administration
8. Selling and distribution cost
9. Any of the above
10.

Question: 1174 in manufacturing industries, the most important element of cost is

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
112
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. Material
7. Labor
8. Overheads
9.
10.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1117 . B 1123 . D 1126 . C 1127 . B 1128 . C 1129 . D 1130 . C 1131 . D 1132 . An 1167
.B 1172 . An 1174 . A

Question: 1176 which of the following is an accounting record

6. Bill of Material
7. Bin card
8. stores ledger
9. All of these
10.

Question: 1180 which of the following documents is used for issuing materials to productions departments

6. purchase Requisition Note


7. stores Requisition note
8. Goods Received Note
9. stores Credit Note
10.

Question: 1183 which of following is considered to be a normal loss of materials

6. Loss due to accidents


7. pilferage
8. Loss due to breaking the bulk
9. Loss due to careless handling of materials
10. All of these

Question: 1186 According to which of the following methods of pricing, issues are close to current economic
values

6. Last-in-first-out price
7. First-in-first-out price
8. Highest-in-first-out price
9. Weighted average price
10.

Question: 1187 in which of the following methods of pricing costs lag behind the current economic values

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
113
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. Last-in-first-out price.
7. First-in -first-out price.
8. Replacement price.
9. Weighted average price.
10.

Question: 1192 which of the following methods of stock control aims at concentrating efforts on selected items
of materials

6. perpetual inventory system


7. Materials turnover
8. Maximum, minimum and re-order level setting
9. ABC analysis
10.

Question: 1193 in base stock method of pricing the material issues, the term base stock represents the

6. Quantity of stock being issued


7. stock in balance
8. Minimum stock
9. Maximum stock
10.

Question: 1194 which of the following items of cost should NOT be treated as NOT be treated as direct material

6. Electricity representing 90% of the total cost


7. Sand paper used in production
8. Thread used in stitching garments
9. All of the above
10.

Question: 1195 Continuous stock-taking is a part of

6. Annual stock-taking
7. Perpetual inventory system
8. ABC analysis
9. periodic inventory system
10.

Question: 1197 the classification of items in ABC analysis is made on the basis of

5. Investment value of materials


6. Consumption value of materials
7. Quantity of materials consumed
8. All of these

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
114
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1172 . An 1174 . An 1176 . C 1180 . B 1183 . C 1186 . An 1187 . B 1192 . D 1193 .
C 1194 . D 1195 . B 1197 . D

Question: 1202 in which of the following methods, issues of materials are priced at a pre-determined rate

6. Inflated price method


7. Standard price method
8. Replacement price method
9. Specific price method
10.

Question: 1204 in which of the following methods, materials are issued at the price prevailing at the time of
issue

6. Inflated price method


7. Standard price method
8. Replacement price method
9. Specific price method
10.

Question: 1205 the storekeeper should initiate a purchase requisition when stock reaches

6. Minimum leveled
7. maximum level
8. re-order level
9. overage level
10.

Question: 1207 which of the following material losses should be transferred to costing profit and loss account

6. Loss by evaporation
7. Loss due to improper storage of materials
8. Loss due to breaking the bulk
9. All of these
10.

Question: 1210 when material prices fluctuate widely, the method of pricing that gives absurd results is

6. Simple average price


7. Weighted average price
8. Moving average price
9. Inflated price
10.

Question: 1212 when prices fluctuate widely, the method that will smooth out the effect of fluctuations is

6. simple average

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
115
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. weighted average
8. FIFO
9. LIFO
10.

Question: 1213 in which of the following methods, the charge to production is at actual cost

6. Weighted average price


7. standard price
8. Replacement price
9. FIFO
10.

Question: 1294 Expected annual usage of a particular raw material is 2,00,000 units and the economic order
quantity is 10,000 units The invoice cost of each unit is RS.500 and the cost to place one order is RS.80. The
average inventory is

6. 1,00,000 units
7. 5,ooo units
8. 10,000 units
9. 7,500 units
10.

Question: 1297 taking the data in Q.3.21 above, the estimated annual ordering cost is

6. RS.1,600
7. RS.10,000
8. RS.3,200
9. RS.5,000
10.

Question: 1300 On the basis of data given in Q 3.21 above, number of orders to be placed in each year are

6. 10
7. 50
8. 20
9. 100
10.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1195 . B 1197 . D 1202 . B 1204 . C 1205 . B 1207 . B 1210 . A 1212 . B 1213 . D 1294 .
B 1297 . A 1300 . B

Question: 1300 On the basis of data given in Q 3.21 above, number of orders to be placed in each year are

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
116
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. 10
7. 50
8. 20
9. 100
10.

Question: 1304 when material prices are showing a rising trend, which method of pricing will show lower cost
of production

6. FIFO
7. LIFO
8. Weighted average
9. Replacement price
10.

Question: 1307 in periods of rising prices, which method of pricing shows higher stock values

6. FIFO
7. LIFO
8. Weighted average
9. Replacement price
10.

Question: 1309 in which method, prices charged to production are at the current prices prevailing in the market

6. FIFO
7. LIFO
8. Weighted average
9. Replacement price
10.

Question: 1312 when prices are showing a falling tendency, which method of pricing of material issues will
show higher closing stock value

6. FIFO
7. LIFO
8. Weighted average
9. Specific price method
10.

Question: 1313 When production is below standard specification or quality and cannot be rectified by incurring
additional cost, it is called

6. Defectives
7. Spoilage
8. Waste
9. Scrap
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
117
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1315 Materials losses are due to some of the following reasons

6. Fore accident
7. Theft
8. Breaking the bulk
9. Evaporation
10. pilferage

Question: 1319 Documents used in a material control system include the following

6. Purchase Requisition Note


7. Stores Requisition Note
8. Bill of Materials
9. Goods Received Note
10. Purchase order

Question: 1321 at what amount materials issued on 8-1-1997 will be charged if FIFO method is used

6. RS.1,550
7. RS.1,575
8. RS1,700
9. RS1,750
10.

Question: 1323 at what amount materials issued will be charged igloo method is used

6. RS.1,550
7. RS.1,575
8. RS.1,700
9. RS.1,750
10.

Question: 1325 at what amount materials issued will be charged if simple average price is used

6. RS.1,550
7. RS1,575
8. RS.1,610
9. RS.1,700
10.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1297 . A 1300 . B 1304 . A 1307 . A 1309 . D 1312 . B 1313 . B 1315 . A 1319 . D 1321
.B 1323 . C 1325 . B

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
118
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1329 at what amount materials issued will be charged if weighted average price is used

6. RS.1,575
7. RS.1,610
8. RS.1,625
9. None of these
10.

Question: 1330 at what amount materials issued will be charged if replacement price method is used

6. RS.1,400
7. RS.1,700
8. RS.2,100
9. RS. 1,750
10.

Question: 1335 what will be the value of closing stock under FIFO method

6. RS 600
7. RS 675
8. RS 700
9. None of these
10.

Question: 1336 what will be the value of closing under LIFO method

6. RS.600
7. RS.675
8. RS.690
9. RS.750
10.

Question: 1337 what will be the value of closing stock under simple average method

6. RS.600
7. RS.690
8. RS.725
9. RS.750
10.

Question: 1339 what will be the value of closing stock if weighted average method is applied

6. RS.600
7. RS.690
8. RS.725
9. RS.750
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
119
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1340 what will be the value of closing stock if replacement price method if used

6. RS.100
7. RS.300
8. RS.200
9. None of these
10.

Question: 1344 in which of following incentive plans of wages payment, wages on time basis are NOT
guaranteed

6. Halsey plan
7. Rowan plan
8. Taylors differential piece rate system
9. Gantt's task and bonus system
10.

Question: 1427 in which of the following incentive plan of wages payment, wages on time basis are NOT
guaranteed?

6. Halsey plan
7. Rowan plan
8. Taylor's differential piece rate system
9. Gantt's task and bonus system
10.

Question: 1429 which of the following methods of wage payment is most suitable where quality and accuracy
of work is of primary importance?

6. piece rate system


7. differential piece work system
8. time rate system
9. Halsey premium system
10.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1323 . C 1325 . B 1329 . B 1330 . C 1335 . D 1336 . A 1337 . C 1339 . B 1340 . B 1344 .
C 1427 . C 1429 . B

Question: 1430 Cost of idle time arising due to non-availability of raw material is

6. charged to costing profit and loss A/C


7. charged to factory overheads
8. recovered by inflating the wage rate
9. all of these
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
120
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1432 when overtime is required for meeting urgent orders, overtime premium should be

6. charged to costing profit and loss A/c


7. charged to overhead costs
8. charged to respective jobs
9. all of these
10.

Question: 1433 Time and motion study is conducted by the

6. time keeping department


7. payroll department
8. personnel department
9. engineering department
10.

Question: 1435 Labor productivity is measured by comparing

6. actual time with standard time


7. total output with total man hours
8. added value for the product with total wage cost
9. none of the above
10.

Question: 1436 when standard outputs is 10 units per hour and actual output is 12 units per hour , the
efficiency is

6. 80%
7. 120%
8. 100%
9. none of these
10.

Question: 1438 Wages sheet is prepared by

6. time keeping department


7. payroll department
8. personnel department
9. cost accounting department
10.

Question: 1443 given that for a job, standard time is 8 hours, actual 6 hour and the time rate is Rs 2per hour
what is the total wages under halsey premium plan

6. Rs 18
7. Rs 14
8. Rs 16
9. Rs12

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
121
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
10.

Question: 1449 using data as given in Q. 314 above, what will be the amount of wages under time rate system

6. RS. 12
7. RS.14
8. 16
9. 18.
10.

Question: 1451 using data as given in Q. 314 above, what will be the amount of bonus under rowan plan

6.
7. RS. 2
8. RS. 3
9. RS. 4
10. None of the above

Question: 1453 using data as given in Q 3.14 above, what is the amount of bonus under Halsey plan

6. RS. 2
7. RS.3
8. RS.4
9. Nil
10.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1427 . C 1429 . B 1430 . A 1432 . C 1433 . D 1435 . D 1436 . C 1438 . C 1443 . C 1449 .
A 1451 . B 1453 . A

Question: 1457 Standard output is 100 units per day of 8 hours and the piece rates are 20 piece per unit under
Taylor's differential piece rate system, what will be amount of wages if a worker produces 95 unit in a day

6. RS.14.00
7. RS.14.25
8. 18.50
9. 19.00
10.

Question: 1459 given the data in 3.19 above, what will be the amount of wages under Taylor's differential piece
rate system, if a worker produces 101 units ohm a day

6. RS.15.15
7. RS.20.00

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
122
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
8. 20.15
9. 20.20
10.

Question: 1460 Comparing Rowan and Halsey premium plans, it is seen that when the time saved is less than
50% of the time saved,

6. Rowan plan allows more wages to a worker than Halsey plan


7. Rowan plan allows less wages to a worker than Halsey plan
8. Rowan and Halsey plan allow equal wages to a worker
9.
10.

Question: 1461 when time saved is 40% of the standard time, Halsey plan allows

6. more wages than Rowan plan


7. less wages than Rowan plan
8. equal wages as compared to Rowan plan
9.
10.

Question: 1463 Standard time is 60 hours and guaranteed time rate is 30 paisa per hour what is the amount of
wages if job is completed n 48 hours? Rowan plan is in use

6. RS.24.00
7. RS.26.80
8. RS.17.28
9. RS.20.40
10.

Question: 1464 which of the following a group incentive plans

6. priestman plan
7. Badaux plan
8. Halsey weir plan
9. All of these
10.

Question: 1466 Packing cost is

6. production cost
7. selling cost
8. distribution cost
9. It may be any of the above
10.

Question: 1468 Directors' remuneration and expenses from a part of

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
123
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. production overhead
7. selling overhead
8. administration overhead
9. distribution overhead
10.

Question: 1471 Salary of a foreman should be classified as a

6. fixed overhead
7. variable overhead
8. semi-fixed or semi-variable overhead
9.
10.

Question: 1472 Charging to a cost centre those overheads that result soleoy from existence of that cost centre
is known as

6. allocation
7. apportionment
8. absorption
9. allotment
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.

1451 . B 1453 . A 1457 . B 1459 . D 1460 . A 1461 . B 1463 . C 1464 . A 1466 . D 1468 .
B 1471 . C 1472 . A

Question: 1476 Absorption means

6. charging of overheads to cost centers


7. charging of overheads to cost units
8. charging of overheads to cost centers or cost units
9.
10.

Question: 1481 Administration overheads are recovered as a percentage of

6. direct materials
7. direct wages
8. prime cost
9. works cost
10.

Question: 1484 which of the following is NOT is selling overhead

6. Insurance to cover sold goods while in transit


7. Royalty on sales

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
124
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
8. Legal costs for debt realization
9. Distribution of samples
10.

Question: 1488 which method of absorption of factory overheads do you suggest in a concern which produced
only one uniform type of product

6. percentage of direct wages basis


7. Direct labor hour rate
8. Machine hour rate
9. A rate per unit of output
10. Any of the above

Question: 1490 When the amount of under-or over-absorption is significant, it should be disposed of by

6. Transferring to Costing profit and Loss A/C.


7. the use of supplementary rates
8. carrying over as a deferred charge to the next accounting year
9.
10.

Question: 1493 idle capacity of a plant refers to the difference between

6. maximum capacity and practical capacity


7. practical capacity and normal capacity
8. practical capacity and capacity based on sales expectancy
9. maximum capacity and actual capacity
10.

Question: 1496 Maximum possible productive capacity of a plant, when no operating time is lost, is its

6. practical capacity
7. Theoretical capacity
8. Normal capacity
9. Capacity based on sales expectancy
10.

Question: 1499 the capacity which is based on the long term average of the sales expectancy level is known as

6. practical capacity
7. Actual capacity
8. Normal capacity
9. None of these
10.

Question: 1502 when the amount of overhead absorbed is less than the amount of overhead incurred, it is
called

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
125
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. under-absorption of overhead
7. over-absorption of overhead
8. proper absorption of overhead
9.
10.

Question: 1506 Bad debt is an example of

5. production overhead
6. Administration overhead
7. selling overhead
8. Distribution overhead

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1471 . C 1472 . A 1476 . B 1481 . D 1484 . A 1488 . D 1490 . B 1493 . C 1496 . C 1499 .
C 1502 . A 1506 . C

Question: 1508 Number of workers employed is used as a basis for the apportionment of

6. time office costs


7. canteen expenses
8. personnel department expenses
9. any of these
10.

Question: 1518 in which of the following methods of providing depreciation, the amount of depreciation goes
on decreasing with the age of the asset

6. Reducing balance method


7. sum of digits method
8. Annuity method
9. (a) and (b) above
10.

Question: 1544 Selling and distribution overheads are absorbed on the basis of

6. Rate per unit


7. percentage on selling price of each unit
8. Any of these
9.
10.

Question: 1549 the difference over a period of time, between actual factory overhead and absorbed factory
will usually be minimum when the predetermined overhead rate is based on

6. normal capacity
7. maximum capacity
8. direct labor hours

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
126
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
9. machine hours
10. none of the above

Question: 1553 A monopolies will shut down its plant in the short run if

6. It is making a loss.
7. Marginal revenue is less than marginal cost.
8. Marginal revenue less than average variable cost at all levels of output.
9. Average revenue is less than average variable cost at all levels of output.
10. Average revenue is less than marginal cost at all levels of output.

Question: 1555 A company found that the differences in product costs resulting from the application of pre-
determined overhead rates rather than actual overhead rates were immaterial even though actual production
was substantially less than planned production the most likely explanation is that

6. factory overhead was mainly composed of variable costs


7. several products were produced simultaneously
8. fixed factory overhead was a significant cost
9. costs of factory overhead items were substantially larger than anticipated
10.

Question: 1560 Under-absorbed factory overhead costs are

6. excess variable factory overhead costs


7. factory cost not allocated to units produced
8. fixed factory costs not allocated to unit produced
9. cost that cannot be controlled
10. None of the above

Question: 1567 if a per-determined factory overhead rate is not employed and the volume of production is
reduced from the level planned, the cost per unit would be expected to

6. remain unchanged for fixed costs and increase for variable costs
7. increase for fixed cost and remain unchanged for variable costs
8. increase for fixed costs and decrease for variable costs
9. decrease for fixed costs and decrease for variable costs
10.

Question: 1569 the least suitable basis for applying overhead is

6. materials consumed
7. direct labor cost
8. direct labor hours
9. machine hours
10.

Question: 1571 Excess plant capacity means

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
127
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
5. temporary idleness of plant
6. greater production capacity than a company can use
7. the difference between theoretical capacity and actual capacity
8.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1508 . D 1518 . D 1544 . D 1549 . A 1553 . D 1555 . C 1560 . E 1567 . B 1569 . A 1571 .
B

Question: 1571 Excess plant capacity means

6. temporary idleness of plant


7. greater production capacity than a company can use
8. the difference between theoretical capacity and actual capacity
9.
10.

Question: 1573 the concept of ideal capacity of plant as used in cost accounting is its

6. theoretical maximum capacity


7. Best capacity for normal production.
8. Capacity used for standard setting.
9. Capacity below which production should not fall.
10.

Question: 1580 pre-determined overhead recovery rate is Rs 3 per hour and pre-determined hours are 50,000
Actual hours worked are 55,000 and actual overhead Rs 1,70,000. What is the amount of under or over-
absorption of overhead

6. RS.20000 over-absorption
7. RS. 20,000 over-absorption
8. RS.5000 under-absorption
9. RS.5,000 over-absorption
10.

Question: 1583 in Q. 3.34, what is the amount of pre-determined overhead

6. RS.1,50,000
7.
8. rs.1,65,000
9. cannot be computed
10. None of these

Question: 1585 what is the amount of absorbed overhead in Q 3.34

6. RS. 1,50,000
7. RS. 1,65,000
8. RS. 15,000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
128
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
9. RS 20,000
10.

Question: 1592 In Q 3,37, which method should be used to treat under/over absorbed amount in cost accounts

6. Tr. to costing P& L A/c


7. Use of supplementary rate
8. Carry over to next year
9. Any of the above
10.

Question: 1594 In Q 3.37, what is the predetermined number of machine hours

6. 16,000
7. 12,000
8. Cannot be known
9. None of these
10.

Question: 1599 A machine purchased for Rs 20,000 is discarded because of obsolescence and sold for Rs 5,000
after three years of service, resulting in a loss of Rs 3,000.This loss should be

6. treated as production cost


7. transferred to costing P& L A/c in the year of sale
8. spread over the years of the remaining expected life of the machine
9. Either(b)or(c)
10.

Question: 1603 the principal factors to be considered on designing a cost system include

6. Manufacturing process
7. desires of management
8. nature of business
9. company organization structure
10. all of the above

Question: 1606 the most suitable cost system where the products differ in type of materials used and work
performed is

6. job costing
7. Batch costing
8. operating costing
9. None of these
10.

Question: 1609 in shoe manufacture, the most suitable cost system is

6. job costing

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
129
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. Batch costing
8. Contract costing
9. None of these
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.

1573 . A 1580 . C 1583 . A 1585 . B 1592 . B 1594 . B 1599 . B 1603 . E 1606 . A 1609 .
B

Question: 1606 the most suitable cost system where the products differ in type of materials used and work
performed is

6. job costing
7. Batch costing
8. operating costing
9. None of these
10.

Question: 1609 in shoe manufacture, the most suitable cost system is

6. job costing
7. Batch costing
8. Contract costing
9. None of these
10.

Question: 1611 job costing is used in

6. Repair shops
7. printing presses
8. Furniture making
9. Automobile garages
10. All of these

Question: 1613 Most of the expenses are direct in

6. job costing
7. batch costing
8. contract costing
9. All of these
10.

Question: 1616 when a contract is not completed at the end of the accounting year, profit on incomplete
contract is

6. transferred to profit and loss Account


7. transferred to reserve

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
130
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
8. transferred profit to profit and loss Account and partly to reserve
9.
10.

Question: 1618 when a contract is not completed at the end of the year, loss on incomplete contract is

6. transferred to profit and loss Account


7. transferred to work-in-progress
8. transferred partly to profit and Loss Account and partly to work-in progress
9.
10.

Question: 1622 when contract id 40% complete, the amount of profit to be taken credit for is usually

6. the amount of profit estimated


7. 40% the estimated profit
8. 1/3of the estimate profit multiplied by cash ratio
9.
10.

Question: 1627 in contract accounts, the amount of work-in-progress consists of

6. cost of work uncompleted


7. cost of work uncompleted
8. the amount of profit not transferred to profit and Loss Account
9. (a) and(B) above
10. (a)(b) and(C)

Question: 1630 cost-plus contract is usually entered in to those where

6. cost can be easily estimated


7. it is not possible to compute the cost in advance with a reasonable degree of accuracy
8. contractor wants to earn a higher amount of profit
9.
10.

Question: 1631 Contract price is not fixed in case of

6. Cost-plus contracts
7. Escalation clause
8. De-escalation clause
9. All of the above
10.

Question: 1632 Contract price is not fixed in case of

6. Cost-plus contracts
7. Escalation clause

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
131
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
8. De-escalation clause
9. All of the above
10.

Question: 1633 Cost plus contract is useful from the point view of

6. contractor
7. contracted
8. both contractor and contractee
9.
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1606 . A 1609 . B 1611 . E 1613 . C 1616 . C 1618 . A 1622 . C 1627 . E 1630 . B 1631 .
D 1632 . D 1633 . C

Question: 1633 Cost plus contract is useful from the point view of

6. contractor
7. contractee
8. both contractor and contractee
9.
10.

Question: 1634 In contract costing, contract account is prepared by the

6. contractor
7. contractee
8. both by contractor and contractee
9.
10.

Question: 1635 In a building contract of Rs. 2,40,000, at the end of the work certified is Rs. 1,60,000 and
estimated profit is Rs. 15,000. what is the amount of profit to be credited to profit and LOSS Account assuming
cash ratio is 80%

6. RS.15,000
7. RS. 12,000
8. RS. 8,000
9.
10.

Question: 1636 Economic batch quantity is that size of the batch of production where

6. average cost is minimum


7. total cost is minimum
8. set-up cost of machine is minimum
9. carrying cost is minimum

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
132
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
10.

Question: 1637 Production order means

6. an order received from a customer for the production of a specific item


7. instructions to the shops to proceed with the production of the product
8. an order to the store-keeper to issue necessary materials for production
9.
10.

Question: 1638 In contract costing, valuation of which of the following does not include an element of profit

6. work in progress certified


7. work in progress uncertified
8. Both(a) and(b)
9. Neither(a)nor(b)
10.

Question: 1641 A contract of RS.5,00,000 is 55% complete as certified it shows a notional loss of RS 20,000.
Accounting treatment of this loss is

6. Transfer 2/3 of this loss to P&L A/c


7. Transfer 2/3 X cash ratio of this loss to P&L A/c
8. Transfer 55% of this loss to P&L A/c
9. Transfer entire amount of loss to P&L A/c
10.

Question: 1652 Direct cost chargeable to contract does not include

6. Materials
7. Labor
8. Supervision
9. Storage lost
10. both(c)and (d)

Question: 1655 Which of the following items is not written on the credit side of the contract account

6. work in progress-certified and uncertified


7. Materials returned
8. Cash received from contractee
9. plant at site
10.

Question: 1659 The type of process loss that should not affect the cost of inventories is

6. abnormal loss
7. normal loss
8. seasonal loss

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
133
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
9. standard loss
10.

Question: 1663 During Jan. 1997, Marconi L.t.d. had total manufacturing cost of Rs.1,80,000. The business
completed 14,000 units of product, of which 4,000 units were half completed in Dec 1996 and started
production on an additional 6,000 units that production cost per unit was

5. RS.18
6. RS.16.36
7. RS.12
8. RS.9

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1634 . A 1635 . C 1636 . B 1637 . B 1638 . B 1641 . D 1652 . D 1655 . C 1659 . A 1663
.C

Question: 1668 100 units are introduced in a process in which normal loss is 15 units If actual output is also 100
units, than there is

6. no abnormal loss or abnormal gain


7. an abnormal loss
8. an abnormal gain
9.
10.

Question: 1670 50 units are processed at a total cost of RS.80, normal loss being 10% Each unit carries a scrap
value of 25 paisa. If output is 40 units, the value of abnormal loss will be

6. RS. 1.25
7. RS.8.00
8. RS.8.75
9. RS.8.88.
10.

Question: 1676 Given the data in Q.3.5 above, the normal cost of unit is

6. RS.0.25
7. RS.1.60
8. RS.1.78
9. RS.1.75
10.

Question: 1678 A factories transferred out 8,800 completed and closing stock was 800 units 50% completed.
Assuming FIFO method, the equivalent production during the period was

6. 8,900 units
7. 9,100 units
8. 9,300 units

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
134
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
9. 9,500 units
10.

Question: 1682 in a factory, the equivalent production (using FIFO method) was 7,500 units during a period
which had 500 units 60% complete on hand at the start and 600 units 75% complete at the end of the period.
How many units were introduced during the period

6. 6,750
7. 6,850
8. 7,050
9. 7,150
10.

Question: 1685 An under-statement of ending work-in-progress inventory will

6. understate cost of goods produced


7. understate net profit
8. overstate gross profit
9. overstate current assets
10.

Question: 1688 An over-statement of beginning work-in-progress inventory will

6. understate cost of goods sold


7. understate the profit
8. overstate net profit
9. overstate gross profit
10.

Question: 1689 When units are lost at end of the production process, the cost is charged to

6. factory overhead
7. selling expense
8. work-in-progress
9. completed units
10.

Question: 1691 The term Economic Batch Quantity is used in relation to

6. Operating costing
7. Batch costing
8. process costing
9. Unit costing
10.

Question: 1698 Input in a process is 4,000 units and normal loss is 20%. When finished output in the process is
only 3240 units, there is an

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
135
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. abnormal loss of 40 units
7. abnormal gain of 40 units
8. neither abnormal loss nor abnormal gain
9.
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1668 . C 1670 . C 1676 . D 1678 . A 1682 . B 1685 . B 1688 . B 1689 . D 1691 . B 1698 .
B

Question: 1700 In Q.3.14 further assuming scrap value of loss is RS.5 per unit, the amount of sales from scrap is

6. RS.3,800
7. RS. 4,000
8. RS. 200
9. None of these
10.

Question: 1704 Further assuming (in Q. 3.14 and Q 3.15) the cost assigned to abnormal gain of 40 units is RS.
280, the amount to be transferred to costing profit and loss account

6. RS.280
7. RS.200
8. RS.80
9. RS.360
10.

Question: 1705 Hopeless Company, which uses FIFO method in process costing, began the current year with
300 units 50% completed, transferred out 5,000 completed units during the year ended with 500 units 70%
completed Equivalent production for the period was

6. 5,000
7. 4,700
8. 5,200
9. 5,800
10.

Question: 1706 Classification and accumulation of costs by fixed and variable costs is of special importance in

6. process costing
7. unit costing
8. operation costing
9. operating costing
10. none of these

Question: 1708 Joint product manufacturing is fundamental in

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
136
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. automobile industry
7. oil refineries
8. engineering company
9. All of the above
10.

Question: 1709 Individual products, each of a significant sales value, produced simultaneously from the same
raw material, should be known as

6. by-products
7. main products
8. joint products
9. common products
10.

Question: 1712 Total manufacturing costs are divided by the total number of units produced to obtain a cost
per unit under the

6. average unit cost method


7. sales value method
8. physical unit measurement method
9.
10.

Question: 1714 which of the following are virtually always subsequent costs

6. raw material costs


7. direct labor costs
8. selling and distribution cost
9. None of these
10.

Question: 1720 When by-products are of small total value, its accounting should by

6. apportioning a part of joint cost to by-products


7. realizable value of by-products should be treated as miscellaneous income and transferred to P&L A/c
8. realizable value of by-products should be apportioned over the main products
9. Any of these
10.

Question: 1723 Net realizable value of by-products at the split off point should be calculated by reverse cost
method when

6. BY products are of small total value


7. BY-products are of considerable sales value
8. BY-products require further processing for their sale
9.
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
137
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1700 . A 1704 . C 1705 . C 1706 . D 1708 . B 1709 . C 1712 . A 1714 . C 1720 . B 1723 .
C

Question: 1723 Net realizable value of by-products at the split off point should be calculated by reverse cost
method when

6. BY products are of small total value


7. BY-products are of considerable sales value
8. BY-products require further processing for their sale
9.
10.

Question: 1729 Cost per unit is the average cost is applicable in

6. Job costing
7. Operating costing
8. Multiple costing
9. Contract costing
10.

Question: 1732 Trimmings in timber industry should be treated as a

6. waste
7. scrap
8. by-product
9. joint product
10.

Question: 1735 Which of the following methods of accounting of by-products should be applied when the by-
product is to be utilized in the undertaking itself as material for some other process

6. sales value method


7. Other income method
8. Opportunity cost method
9.
10. Reverse cost method

Question: 1737 Credit is given to the process account at a pre-determined value of the by-product under the

6. Standard cost method


7. opportunity cost method
8. Reserve cost method
9. sales value method
10.

Question: 1742 The primary purpose of apportioning joint costs of a processing centre to various products
produced is to

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
138
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. develop accurate processing cost variances product-wise
7. report more correct standard product costs for comparative analysis
8. establish inventor cost assigned to unsold units
9. record accurate cost of sales by product lines
10. None of the above

Question: 1823 Given: input 1,000 units, Cost production RS 1,850 per Normal loss 10% of input, Actual loss 50
units, Scrap value Rs 0.50 per unit. What is the abnormal loss/gain

6. 50 units abnormal loss


7. 50 units abnormal gain
8. 100 units abnormal gain
9. 100 units abnormal loss
10.

Question: 1826 In Q3.35,what is the cost per unit

6. Rs. 2.18
7. Rs. 2.05
8. Rs. 2
9. RS. 1.89
10.

Question: 1828 Output of a process was 2,500 units, normal loss is 10% of input and abnormal loss 200 units.
How many units were introduced in the process

6. 2,700
7. 3,000
8. 3,200
9. 3,500
10.

Question: 1842 In Q 3.37, What is the quantity of total loss

6.
7. 2700 units
8. 300 units
9. 350 units
10. 500 units

Question: 1843 when quantity sold is 18,000 units, opening stock 2,000 units and closing stock 3,000 units,
what is the quantity produced

6. 16,000 units
7. 17,000 units
8. 19,000 units
9. 20,000 units
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
139
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1729 . B 1732 . B 1735 . C 1737 . A 1742 . D 1823 . An 1826 . C 1828 . B 1842 . D 1843
.C

Question: 1845 A transport company is running 3 bases with 50 passengers each, covering a distance of 100 km
daily. what is the number of passenger km. per day

6. 5,000
7. 300
8. 15,000
9. 150
10.

Question: 1847 Cost and financial accounts are reconciled under

6. Integral system
7. Non-integral system
8. Under both (a)and (b)
9. None of these
10.

Question: 1852 Which of the following accounts make the cost ledger self-balancing

6. overhead adjustment account


7. Costing P.& L. account
8. Cost Ledger control account
9. None of the above
10.

Question: 1855 Costing profit and Loss account does not record the

6. sales value of goods


7. balance of overhead adjustment account
8. balance of cost of sales account
9. balance of stores ledger control account
10.

Question: 1866 Purchases for special jobs is debited to

6. Work-in-progress ledger control account


7. Cost ledger control account
8. Stores ledger control
9.
10.

Question: 1871 Integral accounts eliminate the necessity of operating

6. Cost Ledger Control account

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
140
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. stores ledger control account
8. Overhead adjustment account
9. All of these
10.

Question: 1874 Which of the following items is not included in cost accounts

6. Interest received on bank deposits


7. Dividend paid on share capital
8. Damages payable at law
9. Debenture interest
10. all of these

Question: 1879 Which following items is included in cost accounts

6. Transfer to general reserve


7. Notional rent
8. Rent receivable
9. None of the above
10.

Question: 1885 When costing loss is RS. 5,600, administrative overhead under-absorbed being RS. 400, the loss
as per financial accounts should be

6. RS. 5,600
7. RS.6,000
8. RS. 5,200
9.
10.

Question: 1889 Depreciation charged in costing is RS.12,500 and in financial books is RS.11,200.What will be
the financial profit when costing profit is RS.5,000

6. RS. 5,000
7. RS. 3,700
8. RS. 6,300
9.
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1845 . B 1847 . B 1852 . C 1855 . D 1866 . A 1871 . A 1874 . E 1879 . C 1885 . B 1889 .
C

Question: 1891 Profit as per financial books is Rs. 72,000.What will be the profit as per costing books when
selling and distribution expenses, actual as well as predetermined, are RS. 2,500

6. RS. 72,000
7. RS.70,500

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
141
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
8. RS. 69,500
9.
10.

Question: 1895 Which of the following items is not included in financial books

6. Heavy donations
7. Loss on the sale of fixed assets
8. Notional rent
9. Interest on borrowed capital
10. all of these

Question: 1897 Which of the following items shall be added to costing profit to arrive at financial profit

6. Under-absorption of words overhead


7. Interest on debentures paid
8. Rent receivable
9. Income tax paid
10. All of the above

Question: 1913 Which of the following account will always have debit balance

6. Overhead adjustment account


7. work in progress ledger control account
8. Cost ledger control account.
9. Factory overhead control account
10.

Question: 1916 The amount of total direct labor cost that should have been charged to all the individual
production orders worked on during January should be

6. RS. 40,000
7. RS. 33,000
8. RS. 41,000
9. RS. 55,000
10. RS. 30,000

Question: 1918 The January 31 balance of work in progress control account should be

6. RS. 36,000
7. RS. 75,000
8. RS.76,000
9. RS. 77,000
10. RS. 35,000

Question: 1919 The January 31 balance of finish Goods Control Account should be

6. RS. 25,000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
142
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. RS. 20,000
8. RS. 5,000
9. RS. 10,000
10. RS. 30,000

Question: 1932 The cost of goods sold during January was

6. RS. 40,000
7. RS. 10,000
8. RS. 20,000
9. RS. 30,000
10. RS. 50,000

Question: 1943 The amount of under-applied or over-applied cost for January

6. Under-applied by RS. 1,000


7. under-applied by rs. 2,000
8. over-applied by RS. 1,000
9. Over-applied by RS. 2,000
10. Neither under-applied nor over-applied

Question: 1955 in flexible budgeting

6. statements included in the budget report vary from period to period


7. budget standards may be adjusted at will
8. reporting dates vary according to the activity level reported upon
9. planned activity level is adjusted to the actual activity level before the budget comparison report is
prepared
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1891 . A 1895 . C 1897 . C 1913 . B 1916 . B 1918 . A 1919 . E 1932 . C 1943 . B 1955 .
D

Question: 1963 The fixed-variable cost classification has a special significance in the preparation of

6. Flexible budget
7. Master budget
8. cash budget
9. capital budget
10.

Question: 1966 If a company wishes to establish a factory overhead budget system in levels, it should prepare a

6. Flexible budget
7. Master budget
8. cash budget
9. Fixed budget

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
143
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
10.

Question: 1968 Of little or no relevance in evaluating the performance of an activity would be

6. Flexible budget
7. Flexed budget
8. difference between planned and actual results
9. planning and control of activities
10.

Question: 1994 The budget for a specific activity level during a year was Rs. 50,000, while actual costs for the
same period was Rs. 45,000. Considering these facts, it can be said that the plant manager has done a better
than expected job in controlling the costs if

6. the cost is variable and actual production was 80% of budgeted production
7. the cost is variable and actual production was 90% of budgeted production
8. the cost is variable and actual production equaled budgeted production
9.
10.

Question: 1997 THE budget that is set first and all the other budgets are subordinate to it, is

6. Cash budget
7. Master budget
8. capital expenditure budget
9. Budget for the key factor
10. sales budget

Question: 1999 The success of a flexible budget depends upends upon careful study and classification of
expenses into

6. historical and predetermined


7. manufacturing, administrative and selling is
8. fixed, variable and semi-variable
9.
10.

Question: 2000 one of the most important tools of cost planning is

6. cost sheet
7. unit cost
8. direct cost
9. budget
10.

Question: 2001 A is a prediction of what will happen as a result of a given set of circumstances

6. Forecast

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
144
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. Budget
8. Marginal cost
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2002 A budget which lays more stress on control aspect is a an

6. operating budget
7. responsibility budget
8. flexible budget
9. financial budget
10.

Question: 2003 which of the following is usually a long-term budget

5. Sales budget
6. cash budget
7. capital expenditure budget
8. fixed budget

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1963 . A 1966 . A 1968 . D 1994 . C 1997 . D 1999 . C 2000 . D 2001 . A 2002 . B 2003
.C

Question: 2004 A budget representing fixed assets expenditure during the budget period is

6. Fixed budget
7. Capital expenditure budget
8. Long term cash budget
9. Master budget
10.

Question: 2005 The budgeted fixed cost is

6. RS. 30,000
7. RS. 40,000
8. RS. 50,000
9. RS. 80,000
10.

Question: 2006 The standard volume per month on which the budgeted overhead rate is based is

6. 3,000 tons
7. 5,000 tons
8. RS. 5,500 tons
9. 7,000 tons
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
145
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2008 The budgeted fixed overhead cost per ton is

6. RS. 10
7. RS. 20
8. RS.21.36
9. RS. 17.14
10.

Question: 2009 The amount of overhead absorbed in March is

6. RS. 80,000
7. RS. 1,20,000
8. RS. 1,10,000
9. RS. 1,17,500
10.

Question: 2010 The expenditure variance in March is

6. RS. 7,500(A)
7. RS.12,500(A)
8. RS. 10,000(A)
9. Nil
10.

Question: 2011 Total overhead variance in March is

6. RS. 7,500
7. RS. 12,500
8. RS. 10,000
9. RS. 20,000
10.

Question: 2012 What is the raw material cost per unit at the actual production level

6. RS. 10.08
7. RS. 16.80
8. RS. 8.40
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2013 What is the total cost of direct labor at actual production level

6. RS. 3,00.000
7. RS. 2,40,000
8. None of these
9.
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
146
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2014 What is the fixed works overhead total amount when output of 1,00,000 units

5. RS. 4,00,000
6. RS. 2,40,000
7. RS. 6,00,000
8. None of these

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2004 . B 2005 . C 2006 . B 2008 . A 2009 . C 2010 . B 2011 . A 2012 . A 2013 . C 2014 .
B

Question: 2015 What is the fixed works overhead per unit when output is 60,000 units

6. RS. 6
7. RS. 7
8. RS. 8
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2016 What is the variable works overhead per unit at actual production level

6. RS. 4
7. RS. 3
8. RS. 2
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2017 what is the total administrative overhead per unit at actual production level

6. RS. 2.45
7. RS 1.90
8. RS. 1,60
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2018 what is the total selling overhead per unit at 60,000 output

6. RS 0.80
7. RS 0.90
8. RS 1.07
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2019 what is the prime cost at 60,000 output level

6. RS 13.58

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
147
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. RS 13.48
8. RS.18.00
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2042 production required in the month of July 1996 is

6. 1,100 units
7. 1,150 units
8. 1,350 units
9. None of the above
10.

Question: 2045 production required in the month of August 1996 is

6. 1,100 units
7. 1,150 units
8. 1,350 units
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2048 production required in the month of September 1996 is

6. 1,400 units
7. 1,150 units
8. 1,850 units
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2049 production required in the month of October 1996 is

6. 1,800 units
7. 2,000 units
8. 2,200 units
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2051 production required in the month of November 1996 is

5. 1,800 units
6. 2,200 units
7. 2,400 units
8. None of these

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2015 . D 2016 . A 2017 . A 2018 . C 2019 . B 2042 . A 2045 . D 2048 . B 2049 . C 2051
.C

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
148
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2052 production required in the month of December 1996 is

6. 1,800 units
7. 2,200 units
8. 2,400 units
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2054 production required for the six months ending December 1996 is

6. 11,000 units
7. 2,200 units
8. 2,400 units
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2057 Closing stock at the end of December will be

6. 1,000 units
7. 1,100 units
8. 1,150 units
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2060 The cost of product as determined under standard cost system is

6. fixed cost
7. historical cost
8. direct cost
9. pre-determined cost
10.

Question: 2061 In evaluating deviations of actual from standard cost, the probable technique used is

6. variable regression
7. variance analysis
8. trend analysis
9. linear progression
10.

Question: 2063 The type of standard that is best suited from cost control point of views is

6. Theoretical standard
7. Expected standard
8. Normal standard
9. Basic standard
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
149
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2069 which of the following standards can be attained under the most favorable conditions possible

6. Theoretical standard
7. Expected standard
8. Normal standard
9. Basic standard
10.

Question: 2071 one purpose of standard costs may be described as

6. promoting and measuring performance


7. setting costs of manufacture
8. controlling and reducing costs
9. simplifying production operations
10.

Question: 2072 A company using theoretical standard cost system should expect that

6. most variances will be strongly motivated to attain the standards


7. employees will be strongly motivated to attain the standards
8. a large incentive bonus will be paid
9. costs will be controlled better if lower standards were used
10.

Question: 2077 A company controls its production costs by comparing its actual monthly production cost with
the expected levels. Any significant deviations from these expected levels are investigated and evaluated as a
basis for corrective action. The quantitative technique that is most probably being used is

5. time series or trend regression analysis


6. differential calculus
7. standard cost variance analysis
8. correlation analysis

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2052 . D 2054 . B 2057 . A 2060 . D 2061 . B 2063 . B 2069 . A 2071 . C 2072 . A 2077 .
C

Question: 2077 A company controls its production costs by comparing its actual monthly production cost with
the expected levels. Any significant deviations from these expected levels are investigated and evaluated as a
basis for corrective action. The quantitative technique that is most probably being used is

6. time series or trend regression analysis


7. differential calculus
8. standard cost variance analysis
9. correlation analysis
10.

Question: 2080 In standard costing system, labor rate variance is obtained by multiplying the

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
150
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. actual rate by the difference between actual hours and standard hours
7. actual hours by the difference between actual rate and standard rate
8. standard rate by the difference between standard hours and actual hours
9.
10.

Question: 2082 if standard hours are 400 @Re 1 per hour and actual hours are 380 @ Rs. 1.25 per hour, the
labor rate variance is

6. Rs. 20(Favorable)
7. RS.25(FAVOURABLE)
8. RS. 100(Adverse)
9. RS. 95 (Adverse)
10. None of these

Question: 2084 Labor efficiency variance in the above Q.3.10 is

6. RS. 20(Favorable)
7. RS. 25(Favorable)
8. RS. 100 (unfavorable)
9. RS. 95 (unfavorable)
10. None of these

Question: 2092 in standard costing, the material price variance is obtained by multiplying the

6. actual price by the difference between actual quantity purchased and standard quantity allowed
7. actual quantity consumed by the difference between actual price and standard price
8. standard price by the difference between standard quantity purchased and standard quantity allowed
9. standard quantity by the difference between actual price and standard price
10.

Question: 2101 if actual material cost is 900 units at Rs. 8 per unit and standard material cost in 1,000 units at
RS. 6 per unit, the material cost variance is

6. RS. 2,400 (Favorable)


7. RS. 2,400(Adverse)
8. R.s. 1,200 (Favorable)
9. RS. 1,200 (Adverse)
10.

Question: 2102 The material price variance in the above Q. 3.13 is

6. RS. 600(Favorable)
7. RS. 1,200(Adverse)
8. RS. 1,800(Adverse)
9. RS. 2,400(Favorable)
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
151
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2103 Material usage variance in the above Q. 3.13 is

6. RS.600(Favorable)
7. Rs. 1,000(Adverse)
8. RS. 1,800(Adverse)
9. R.s. 2,400(Favorable)
10.

Question: 2106 standard costing will produce the same financial statement results as actual or conventional
costing when standard cost variances are distributed to

6. cost of goods sold


7. income or Expense account
8. cost of goods sold and inventory
9. a balance sheet account
10.

Question: 2107 Material mix variance is a sun-variance of

6. Material cost variance


7. Material price variance
8. Material quantity variance
9. Material yield variance
10.

Question: 2109 Material cost variance is RS. 550(A) and material price variance RS. 150(F), the material usage
variance should be

5. RS. 400(A)
6. RS. 700(A)
7. RS. 400(F)
8. RS. 700(F)

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2072 . A 2077 . C 2080 . B 2082 . D 2084 . A 2092 . B 2101 . D 2102 . C 2103 . A 2106 .
C 2107 . C 2109 . B

Question: 2110 Overhead Budget variance is a sub-variance of

6. overhead volume variance


7. overhead efficiency variance
8. overhead cost variance
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2111 idle time a variance is a sub-variance of

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
152
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. overhead efficiency variance
7. Labor cost variance
8. Labor time variance
9. Labor efficiency variance
10.

Question: 2112 Material price variance is Rs. 300(A), material mix variance RS. 150(A) and material sub-usage
variance is RS. 50(A). The material cost variance is

6. RS. 400(A)
7. RS. 450(A)
8. RS. 500(A)
9. cannot be computed
10.

Question: 2113 in Q.322 above, the material quantity variance is

6. RS. 50(A)
7. RS. 100(A)
8. RS. 300(A)
9. RS. 250(A)
10.

Question: 2114 Overhead budget variance is RS. 700(A), overhead efficiency variance is RS. 300(F).what is the
amount of variable overhead cost variance

6. RS. 1,000(F)
7. RS. 400(A)
8. RS. 400(F)
9. RS. 1,000(A)
10.

Question: 2115 The type of variance not computed for factory overhead is

6. controllable
7. volume
8. equivalent production
9. idle capacity
10.

Question: 2116 standard costing can be used along with

6. Marginal costing
7. Absorption costing
8. job and process costing
9. All of the above
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
153
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2117 standard cost are useful in all of the following except

6. reducing costs
7. speeding up preparation of operating reports
8. establishing records
9. costing inventories
10.

Question: 2118 At the end of a financial year Hot shot company had several substantial variances from
standard variable manufacturing costs the one for which there is the strongest justification for allocation
between inventories and cost of goods sold is the one attributable to

6. additional costs of raw materials acquired under a speculative purchase contract


7. a breakdown of equipment
8. increased labor rates won by the union as a result of strike during the year
9. overestimates of production activity for the period resulting from failure to predict an unusual decline
in the market for the company' s product
10.

Question: 2119 controllable variances are best disposed of by transferring to

5. cost of goods sold


6. inventories of work-in progress and finished goods
7. cost of goods sold and inventories
8. costing profit and Loss A/c

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2107 . C 2109 . B 2110 . C 2111 . D 2112 . A 2113 . B 2114 . B 2115 . C 2116 . D 2117 .
C 2118 . C 2119 . D

Question: 2120 Uncontrollable variances are best disposed of by transferring to

6. cost of goods sold


7. inventories of work-in -progress and finished goods
8. cost of goods sold and inventories
9. costing profit and Loss A/c
10.

Question: 2126 overhead cost variance may be analyzed into

6. two variances
7. three variances
8. four three variances
9. any of the above
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
154
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2127 Which of the following statement best explains the difference between standard costing and
budgetary controls

6. Budget is a projection of financial accounts whereas standard cost is a projection of cost accounts
7. variances are analyzed under standard costing but not under budgetary control
8. The budget, as a statement of expected costs, is used for forecasting of finance, if certain performances
are achieved
9. Budgetary control is more intensive than standard costing
10.

Question: 2128 Fixed overhead expenditure variance is the difference between

6. Budgeted overhead and actual overhead


7. Standard overhead and actual overhead
8. Absorbed overhead and budgeted overhead
9. Absorbed overhead and standard overhead
10.

Question: 2129 Variable overhead expenditure variance is the difference between

6. Budgeted overhead and actual overhead


7. Standard overhead and actual overhead
8. Absorbed overhead and budgeted overhead
9. Absorbed overhead and standard overhead
10.

Question: 2130 Calendar variance is a sub-variance of

6. Expenditure variance
7. Efficiency variance
8. variable overhead cost variance
9. volume variance
10.

Question: 2131 Total sales margin variance is the difference between

6. Actual profit and standard profit


7. Actual profit and budgeted profit
8. Actual sales and budgeted sales
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2132 which of the following variance id always adverse

6. sales margin mix variance


7. Fixed overhead capacity
8. idle time variance
9. None of these

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
155
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
10.

Question: 2133 which of the following variances is always favorable

6. overhead volume variance


7. sales value mix variance
8. calendar variance
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2134 sales volume variance is RS 9,000(F)and sales value variance is RS 5,000(F). what are the sales
price variance RS 5,000(F)what is the sales price variance

6. RS. 14,000(F)
7. RS. 4,000(A)
8. RS. 4,000(F)
9. None of these
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2120 . C 2126 . D 2127 . C 2128 . A 2129 . B 2130 . D 2131 . B 2132 . D 2133 . D 2134 .
B

Question: 2135 Fixed overhead cost variance is expenditure variance is RS 200(A), calendar variance RS
500(F).what is the volume variance

6. RS. 2,700(A)
7. RS. 1,900(A)
8. Rs. 2,200(A),
9. Rs. 2,500(f)
10.

Question: 2136 what is the material price variance as per Q. 3.41

6. RS 400(F)
7. RS 400(A)
8. RS 440(F)
9. RS 440(A)
10.

Question: 2137 What is the material quantity variance in Q 3.41

6. RS 960(A)
7. RS 960(f)
8. RS 1,000(A)
9. RS 1,000(F)
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
156
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2138 The material price variance in Q 3.46 is

6. RS. 100(Adverse)
7. RS. 100(Favorable)
8. RS. 110(Adverse)
9. RS. 110(Favorable)
10. None of the preceding responses is correct

Question: 2139 Material mixture variance in Q 3,46 is

6. Rs 110(Adverse)
7. RS. 100 (Favorable)
8. RS. 210(Adverse)
9. Rs. 408 (FAVOURABLE)
10. cannot be computed from the given data

Question: 2140 Labor efficiency variance in Q 3,46 is

6. ES. 152(Adverse)
7. RS. 560(Favorable)
8. RS. 560(Adverse)
9. RS 480(Favorable)
10.

Question: 2141 Labor rate variance in Q3.46 is

6. RS. 152(Adverse)
7. Rs. 560(Favorable)
8. RS. 560(Adverse)
9. RS. 480(Favorable)
10.

Question: 2142 Labor cost variance in Q 3.46 is

6. RS. 560(Favorable)
7. RS. 560(Adverse)
8. RS. 152(Adverse)
9. RS. 408(Adverse)
10. none of the preceding responses is correct

Question: 2143 in Q 3.53, what is the expenditure variance

6. RS. 2,000(A)
7. RS 4,000(A)
8. RS 2,000(F)
9. RS 4,000(F)
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
157
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2144 In Q 3.53, what is the volume variance

5. RS 2,000(A)
6. RS 4,000(A)
7. RS6,000(A)
8. RS 8,000(A)

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2135 . C 2136 . C 2137 . C 2138 . E 2139 . E 2140 . B 2141 . A 2142 . E 2143 . A 2144 .
C

Question: 2145 Contribution margin is also known as

6. marginal income
7. gross profit
8. net income
9. new profit
10.

Question: 2146 product costs under marginal costing include

6. prime costs only


7. prime costs and variable overhead
8. prime costs and fixed overhead
9. material cost and variable overhead
10.

Question: 2147 Period costs are

6. variable costs
7. fixed costs
8. prime cost
9. overhead costs
10.

Question: 2148 One of the primary differences between marginal costing absorption costing is regarding the
treatment of

6. direct materials
7. variable overheads
8. fixed overheads
9. prime cost
10.

Question: 2149 A costing method in which the fixed factory overheads are added to inventory valuation is

6. direct costing
7. marginal costing

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
158
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
8. absorption costing
9. none of these
10.

Question: 2150 Profit shown by absorption costing will tend to exceed profit shown by marginal costing
method if

6. units produced exceed units sold


7. variable manufacturing costs decreases
8. units sold exceeds units produced
9. fixed manufacturing costs decrease
10.

Question: 2151 Absorption costing differs from marginal costing in the

6. fact that standard costs can be used with absorption costing but not with marginal costing
7. amount of fixed costs that will be incurred
8. kinds of activities for which each can be used
9. amount of costs assigned to individual units of products
10.

Question: 2152 Under the marginal costing concept, unit product cost would most likely be increased by

6. a decrease in the number of units produced


7. an increase in the number of units produced
8. an increase in the commission paid to salesman for each unit sold
9. an increase in the remaining useful life of factory machinery depreciated on written down value
method
10.

Question: 2153 Contribution margin is equal to

6. sales - fixed cost - profit


7. profit + variable cost
8. fixed cost - loss
9. none of the above
10.

Question: 2154 Reporting under marginal costing is accomplished by

6. eliminating the work in progress inventory account


7. including only variable costs in income statement
8. matching variable costs against revenue and treating fixed costs as period costs
9. treating all costs as period costs
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
159
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
C 2145 . A 2146 . B 2147 . B 2148 . C 2149 . C 2150 . A 2151 . D 2152 . C 2153 .
C 2154 . C

Question: 2155 Profit / Volume ratio is an indicator of

6. the volume of sales


7. the volume of profit
8. the rate at which goods are sold
9. the of profit
10. all of these

Question: 2156 There will be no difference in profit as shown by marginal costing and that of absorption
costing when

6. opening and closing stock of finished goods remain constant


7. closing stock of finished goods is more than it s opening stock
8. opening stock of finished goods is more than its closing stock
9. none of the above
10.

Question: 2157 when fixed cost id Rs. 3,000 and sales RS.50,000, the P/V ratio will be

6. 14%
7. 20%
8. 25%
9. p/v ratio cannot be computed from the data given
10.

Question: 2158 when p/v ratio is 40% and sales value RS 10,000 the variable cost will be

6. RS. 4,000
7. RS. 6000
8. RS. 10,000
9. variable cost cannot be calculated from the data given
10.

Question: 2159 if net profit is 10% and p/v ratio is 50%, the margin of safety will be

6. 10%
7. 20%
8. 50%
9. margin of safety cannot be computed
10.

Question: 2160 The margin of safety may be improved by

6. increasing sales volume

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
160
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. increasing selling price
8. lowering variable cost
9. lowering fixed costs
10. All of these

Question: 2161 an item whose entire amount is usually a differential cost is

6. factory overhead
7. period cost
8. direct cost
9. conversion cost
10.

Question: 2162 As part of the data presented on support of a proposal to increase the production of car radios,
the sales manager of XYZ Electronics reported the total additional cost required for the proposed increased level
of production the increase in total cost is known as

6. opportunity
7. out-of-pocket cost
8. controllable cost
9. differential cost
10.

Question: 2163 Alto palo company has temporary unused production capacity. the idle plant facilities can be
used to manufacture a low margin item. the low margin item should be produced, if it can sold for more than it’s

6. fixed costs
7. variable costs
8. prime costs
9. indirect costs
10.

Question: 2164 Cost-volume-profit analysis is most important for the determination of the

6. volume of operations necessary to break even


7. variable revenues necessary to equal fixed costs
8. relationship between revenues and costs at various level of operations
9. sales revenue necessary to equal fixed costs
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2155 . D 2156 . A 2157 . B 2158 . B 2159 . B 2160 . E 2161 . C 2162 . D 2163 . B 2164 .
C

question: 2165 if net profit is 10% and p/v ratio is 50%, the margin of safety will be

6. 10%
7. 20%

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
161
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
8. 50%
9. margin of safety cannot be computed
10.

Question: 2166 The alternative that would decrease the contribution margin per unit t he most is a 20%

6. decrease in selling price


7. increase in selling price
8. increase in variable costs
9. decrease in variable cost
10.

Question: 2167 when referring to margin of safety, one has the following in mind

6. the excess of budgeted or actual sales over fixed costs


7. the excess of actual sales over break-even sales
8. the excess of actual sales over budgeted sales
9. the excess of sales revenue over variable cost
10.

Question: 2168 The conventional break-even analysis does not assume that

6. selling price per unit will remain fixed


7. total fixed costs remain the same
8. variable cost per unit will vary
9. productivity per worker will remain unchanged
10.

Question: 2169 if fixed costs decrease while variable cost per unit remain constant, the new break-even point
on relation to the old break-even point will be

6. indeterminate
7. unchanged
8. higher
9. lower
10.

Question: 2170 if fixed costs decrease while the variable cost per unit remain constant, the new contribution
margin in relation to old contribution margin will be

6. indeterminate
7. unchanged
8. higher
9. lower
10.

Question: 2171 when margin of safety is 20% and contribution sales ratio is 60% the profit will be

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
162
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. 30%
7. 33% 1/3%
8. 12%
9. cannot be computed
10.

Question: 2172 when fixed cost is RS. 20,000 and margin of safety is RS.10,000, the p/v ratio will be

6. 200%
7. 50%
8. 33%
9. cannot be computed
10.

Question: 2173 when sales jumped from RS. 4,00,000 and profit increased by Rs. 40,000, the p/v ratio is

6. 7.5%
7. 10%
8. 40%
9. cannot be computed
10.

Question: 2174 when total fixed cost is RS. 50,000 and variable cost to sales is 75%, the break-even point id

6. RS. 37,500
7. RS. 12,500
8. RS. 2,00,000
9. cannot be determined
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2165 . B 2166 . A 2167 . B 2168 . C 2169 . D 2170 . B 2171 . C 2172 . D 2173 . C 2174 .
C

Question: 2175 on sales of RS.2,00,000. fixed cost is RS. 30,000 and p/v ratio is 40% what is the profit

6. RS50,000
7. RS. 80,000
8. RS. 12000
9. None of these
10.

Question: 2176 In the chart given in 3.32 above, the horizontal line OL represents

6. sales
7. fixed cost
8. total cost
9. profit

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
163
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
10.

Question: 2177 In break-even chart, x-axis represents

6. value of sales in rupee value


7. volume of sales in units
8. volume of production in units
9. production capacity in percentage
10. Any of these

Question: 2182 In break-even chart, Y-axis represents

6. volume of sales in units


7. volume of sales in rupees
8. cost and sales in rupees
9. value of production in rupees
10. Any of these

Question: 2187 when it is desired to read contribution margin in break-even chart, than

6. variable cost should be first plotted and fixed cost should be superimposed thereon
7. fixed cost should not be first plotted and variable cost should be superimposed thereon
8. fixed cost should not be plotted at all in the chart
9.
10.

Question: 2206 when sales are RS. 8000 and P/V is 80% the amount of variable cost is

6. RS. 64,000
7. RS. 16,000
8. Rs. 48,000
9. cannot be known
10.

Question: 2210 In order to earn a profit of RS. 10,000, when fixed cost is RS. 20,000 and P/v ratio 20% the
amount of sales should be

6. RS. 40,000
7. RS. 30,000
8. RS. 1,00,000
9. RS. 1,50,000
10.

Question: 2212 WHEN PROFIT CHANGES BY R.s. 20,000, The sales changes by RS. 25,000, the P/V ratio is

6. 20%
7. 80%
8. 25%

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
164
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
9. cannot be calculated
10.

Question: 2213 when sales volume increases

6. break-even point increases


7. total profit will increase
8. total loss will increase
9. All of the above
10.

Question: 2216 which of the following would cause the greatest increase in the unit contribution margin

6. 20% decrease in fixed cost


7. 20% increase in selling price
8. 20% decrease in variable cost
9.
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.

2175 . A 2176 . A 2177 . E 2182 . C 2187 . A 2206 . C 2210 . D 2212 . B 2213 . B 2216
.B

Question: 2217 what does area ALO represent in diagram in Q. 3.43

6. profit
7. Fixed cost
8. variable cost
9. contribution
10.

Question: 2220 what does area ALO represent in diagram in Q. 3.43

6. profit
7. Loss
8. contribution
9.
10.

Question: 2224 what is represented by CD in diagram in Q. 3.43

6. key factors
7. variable cost
8. Contribution
9. Margin of safety
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
165
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2228 which of the following is NOT an assumption of break-even chart

6. Fixed cost does not change in total amount


7. variable cost does not change in total amount
8. selling price does not change per unit
9. company has no stocks
10.

Question: 2233 In calculating cash break-even point, which costs are taken into account

6. Fixed cost requiring cash


7. variable costs requiring cash
8. Both fixed and variable costs requiring cash
9. cash fixed cost and all variable costs including credit
10.

Question: 2237 which of the following is not depicted on a break-even chart

6. profit/Loss at different level of output


7. sales to earn given profit
8. contribution
9. P/V ratio
10.

Question: 2239 In a break-even chart, angle of incidence is formed by the inter-section of

6. sale line and variable cost line


7. sale line and total cost line
8. variable costs and fixed cost lines
9. variable cost and total cost lines
10.

Question: 2271 who has the authority to investigate and regulate all matters of account connected with the
police, and all persons concerned shall be bound to give reasonable aid and facilities to conducting such
investigations and to confirm to his orders consequent thereto

6. provincial police officer


7. capital city police officer
8. city police officer
9. All of these
10.

Question: 2544 A harmonium enclosed in a sheath is called

6. hormocyst
7. hormogonium
8. trichome
9. trichogyne

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
166
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
10.

Question: 3807 A debit balance on Amitie's account in your sales ledger means that

6. Amitabh owes you the money


7. you owe Amitabh the money
8. Amitabh has just paid you that amount of money
9. Amitabh has returned that amount of goods to you
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2217 . A 2220 . B 2224 . D 2228 . B 2233 . C 2237 . D 2239 . B 2271 . D 2544 . A 3807 .
A

Question: 3811 A debit balance on the rates account after the yearly transfer to the profit and loss account
indicates

6. an asset and an accrual


7. an asset and a prepayment
8. a liability and an accrual
9. a liability and a prepayment
10.

Question: 3820 which one of the following normally has a debit balance?

6. The capital account


7. A creditor's account
8. The motor vehicles account
9. A loan account
10.

Question: 3822 which one of the following normally has a debit balance?

6. The capital account


7. A creditor's account
8. The motor vehicles account
9. A loan account
10.

Question: 3823 Which of the following normally has a credit balance?

6. The machinery account


7. The purchases account
8. The stock account
9. The sales account
10.

Question: 3830 which one of the following statement is correct?

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
167
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. A proprietor's will remain constant if he only withdraws this Net profit each year and does not
introduce any new capital.
7. A proprietor's capital will increase if his drawings are higher than his Net profit and he does not
introduce any new capital.
8. A proprietor's capital will decrease if his Net profit is greater than his drawings and does not introduce
any new capital
9. A proprietor's capital will remain constant if he only withdraws his Net profit each year, but also
introduces new capital.
10.

Question: 3832 Gross profit equals

6. sales minus closing stock


7. purchases minus closing stock
8. nit profit minus expenses
9. sales minus cost of goods sold
10.

Question: 3835 Cost of sales equals

6. sales minus purchases


7. purchases minus returns out plus closing stock
8. sales plus opening stock minus (purchases plus closing stock)
9. opening stock minus closing stock minus returns out
10.

Question: 3836 Net profit equals

6. gross profit minus expenses


7. sales minus cost of sales
8. sales minus expenses
9. capital minus expenses
10.

Question: 3837 A man buys Rs. 40,000 worth of goods and sells of them for R.s. 50,000. His gross profit is

6. Rs. 10,000
7. Rs. 20,000
8. Rs. 30,000
9. Rs. 40,000
10.

Question: 3839 If sales are Rs. 10,000, expenses Rs. 2,000 and net profit is 10% of sales, the gross profit is

6. Rs. 3,000
7. Rs. 9,000
8. Rs. 10,100
9. Rs. 11,000
10.
Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
168
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3811 . B 3820 . C 3822 . C 3823 . D 3830 . A 3832 . D 3835 . D 3836 . A 3837 . B 3839 .
A

Question: 3840 If the gross profit is Rs. 5000 and the net profit is 25% of the gross profit ,the expenses must be

6. Rs. 1,250
7. Rs. 3,750
8. Rs. 4,150
9. Rs. 6,250
10.

Question: 3841 If sales are Rs. 6,000, gross profit is 20% of sales and net profit is 10% of sales the expenses are

6. Rs. 600
7. Rs. 1,200
8. Rs. 2,400
9. Rs. 4,800
10.

Question: 3842 An operating statement is similar to a

6. trial balance
7. balance sheet
8. trading profit and loss account
9. bank reconciliation statement
10.

Question: 3843 Net sales equals’ sales minus

6. returns outwards
7. cost of goods sold
8. returns inwards
9. carriage on sales
10.

Question: 3844 The turnover is

6. Rs. 99,000
7. Rs. 99,500
8. Rs. 1,00.500
9. Rs. 1,01,000
10.

Question: 3845 The gross profit as a percentage of net sales is approximately

6. 10%
7. 20%

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
169
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
8. 30%
9. 40%
10.

Question: 3846 The net cost of purchases for the year was

6. Rs. 69,000
7. Rs. 70.000
8. Rs.71,000
9. Rs.73,000
10.

Question: 3847 Returns outwards amounted to

6. Rs. 500
7. Rs. 1,000
8. Rs. 1,500
9. Rs. 2,000
10.

Question: 3848 If the purchases had been under cast by Rs. 10,000 the gross profit would be

6. Rs. 31,500
7. Rs. 41,500
8. Rs. 51,500
9. Rs. 61,500
10.

Question: 3849 The cost of goods sold is

6. Rs. 59,000
7. Rs. 69,000
8. Rs. 71,000
9. Rs. 89,000
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3840 . B 3841 . A 3842 . C 3843 . C 3844 . C 3845 . D 3846 . A 3847 . D 3848 . A 3849 .
A

Question: 3850 Net profit as a percentage of net sales is approximately

6. 5%
7. 10%
8. 15%
9. 20%
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
170
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 3851 Expenses for the year total

6. Rs. 29,000
7. Rs. 30,000
8. Rs. 31,000
9. Rs. 32,000
10.

Question: 3852 A balance sheet is a

6. statement of debtors and creditors


7. statement of income and expenditure the year
8. statement of cash received and paid throughout the year
9. Financial statement of a business' wealth on a particular scale
10.

Question: 3853 which one of the following is fixed asset for a builder's merchant?

6. Cash
7. Stock
8. Debtors
9. Type wirer
10.

Question: 3854 Which one of the following is garage's current asset?

6. A breakdown van
7. The managing director's private car
8. The condense in the saleroom
9. A customer's car in for repair
10.

Question: 3855 Net current assets are the same as

6. working capital
7. total assets minus current liabilities
8. fixed assets minus current liabilities
9. capital minus current liabilities
10.

Question: 3856 A proprietor's capital of

6. opening capital plus drawing minus net profit


7. total assets minus external liabilities
8. current assets minus working capital
9. opening capital plus net profit plus creditors
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
171
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 3857 which one of the following is usually a current liability?

6. Mortgage
7. Bank loan
8. Bank over drat
9. Rent Paid in advance
10.

Question: 3858 The percentage return on the owner's opening capital for the past year was

6. 15%
7. 20%
8. 25%
9. 30%
10.

Question: 3859 The working capital is

6. Rs. 20,000
7. Rs. 30,000
8. Rs. 50,000
9. Rs. 1,70,000
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3850 . B 3851 . D 3852 . D 3853 . D 3854 . C 3855 . A 3856 . B 3857 . C 3858 . C 3859 .
A

Question: 3860 The owner's capital employed in the business at the date of the balance sheet is

6. Rs. 1,20,000
7. Rs. 1,40,000
8. RS. 1,90,000
9. Rs. 2,13,500
10.

Question: 3861 The business' external liabilities are

6. Rs. 50,000
7. Rs. 73,500
8. Rs. 1,20,000
9. Rs. 1,40,000
10.

Question: 3862 The interest on the loan paid during the year was

6. Rs. 2,500
7. RS. 5,000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
172
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
8. Rs. 7,500
9. Rs. 10,000
10.

Question: 3863 The book value of the fixed assets is

6. RS. 50,000
7. RS. 1,70,000
8. RS. 2,20,000
9. RS. 2,70,000
10.

Question: 3864 The net assets figure is

6. RS. 73,500
7. RS. 1,40,000
8. RS, 1,90,000
9. RS. 2,13,500
10.

Question: 3865 The years' rent for the business is

6. RS. 1000
7. RS. 2000
8. RS. 3000
9. RS. 4000
10.

Question: 3887 The percentage return on total assets employed was approximately

6. 9%
7. 14%
8. 20%
9. 25%
10.

Question: 3888 select your answer by means of the following code

6. if 1, 2 and 3 are correct


7. if 1 and 2 only are correct
8. if only 1 is correct
9. if only 3 is correct
10.

Question: 3890 In a balance sheet the balance of the fixed assets accounts are usually included at

6. cost
7. book value

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
173
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
8. scarp value
9. replacement value
10.

Question: 3892 which one of the following would usually be regarded as a current liability?

5. A liability due for payment within 12 months


6. A liability due for payment within 24 months
7. A liability due for payment within 36 months
8. A liability due for payment within 48 months

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3860 . B 3861 . B 3862 . B 3863 . B 3864 . C 3865 . D 3887 . B 3888 . D 3890 . B 3892 .
A

Question: 3894 Net assets equals

6. current assets minus current liabilities


7. fixed assets minus current liabilities
8. total assets minus current liabilities
9. fictitious assets minus current liabilities
10.

Question: 3903 which one of the following not a book of original entry

6. The cash book


7. The journal
8. The ledger
9. The sales day of book
10.

Question: 3904 Day books are used

6. because of the requirements of the law


7. to avoid numerous entries in the general ledger
8. because the double entry system would not work with- out you must
9. because the Institute of Charters Account states that you must
10.

Question: 3905 which one of the following is book of original entry and is also part of the ledger?

6. The cash book


7. The journal
8. The sales day book
9. The purchase day book
10.

Question: 3906 The main source of information for the sales day book is obtained from

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
174
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. invoices received
7. credit notes sent out
8. invoices sent out
9. credit notes sent
10. the till roll

Question: 3907 The main source of information for the purchase day book is obtained from

6. invoice received
7. invoices sent out
8. credit notes received
9. debit notes sent out
10.

Question: 3908 The main source of information for the sales returns day book is obtained from

6. invoices received
7. invoices sent out
8. credit notes received
9. debit notes received
10.

Question: 3910 The main source of information for the purchase returns day book is obtained from

6. invoices received
7. invoices sent
8. credit notes received
9. debit notes sent out
10.

Question: 3912 The totals of the sales day book are transferred to the

6. debit side of the sales account


7. credit side of the sales account
8. debit side of the sales control account
9. journal proper
10.

Question: 3914 The totals of the purchase returns day books are transferred to the

6. debit side of the returns inwards account


7. debit side of the returns out wards account
8. credit side of the returns inwards account
9. credit side of the returns outwards account
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
175
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3894 . C 3903 . C 3904 . B 3905 . A 3906 . B 3907 . A 3908 . C 3910 . C 3912 . B 3914 .
D

Question: 3916 which one of the following is centered in the journal proper?

6. purchases and returns of stock


7. sales and returns of stock
8. cash transactions
9. opening entries of a new business
10.

Question: 4032 which one of the following is entered in the journal proper?

6. purchase of fixed assets for cash


7. purchase of fixed assets on credit
8. purchase of stock on credit
9. purchase of stock for cash
10.

Question: 4035 which one of the following is entered in the journal proper?

6. The sale of an asset for cash


7. The withdrawal of cash for private use
8. cash discount given to a customer
9. The correction of errors made in the ledger
10.

Question: 4037 An entry in the journal should include

6. the name of the account to be debited


7. the name of the account to be credited
8. A description of the transaction
9.
10.

Question: 4040 A trial balance is

6. a balance of the bank account


7. The balance of the bank account
8. a rough draft of the final accounts
9. a list of the balances in the ledger
10.

Question: 4043 The main purposes of a trial balance is to

6. help balance the bank account


7. check the arithmetical accuracy of the double entry

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
176
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
8. help check the arithmetical accuracy of the double entry
9. help check the bank account with the bank statement
10.

Question: 4046 select your answer by means of the following code

6. if 1, 2 and 3 are correct


7. if 1 and 2 only are correct
8. if only 1 is correct
9. if only 3 is correct
10.

Question: 4051 which of the following errors would normally be revealed by a trial balance?

6. A transaction is completely omitted from the books


7. A sale to smith brothers is entered in smith and Co.Ltd. account
8. A purchase of stock for resale has been entered in an asset account
9. The sale of an asset has only been entered on one side of the books
10.

Question: 4055 A suspense account is opined when the

6. trading account does not balance


7. profit and loss account does not balance
8. trial balance does not balance
9. bank account does not balance
10.

Question: 4059 select your answer by means of the following code

6. if 1, 2 and 3 are correct


7. if 1 and 2 only are correct
8. if only 1 is correct
9. if only 3 is correct
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3916 . D 4032 . B 4035 . D 4037 . A 4040 . D 4043 . C 4046 . A 4051 . D 4055 . C 4059
.D

Question: 4066 if the straight line method of depreciation is used the depreciation charge is

6. a fixed percentage of the cost of the asset each year


7. a percentage of the book value of the asset each year
8. always 10% of the cost of the asset each year
9. a fluctuating percentage of the cost of the asset each year
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
177
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4069 Firms charge depreciation each year

6. to ensure there is enough money in the firm to replace the asset


7. to spread the cost of the asset over its working life
8. to reduce the profit and thus reduce the dividends they can pay to shareholders
9. because the law states they must
10.

Question: 4071 which of the following assets is most likely to appreciate rather than depreciate

6. plant and machinery


7. Land and buildings
8. Motor vehicles
9. Fixtures and fittings
10.

Question: 4073 Depreciation is caused by

6. obsolescence
7. wear and tear
8. passage of time
9.
10.

Question: 4085 which of the following methods can be used to calculate depreciation?

6. straight line
7. Reducing balance
8. revaluation
9.
10.

Question: 4092 The companies Acts state that companies' Final published Accounts must show

6. depreciation charged during past year


7. the balance on the provision for depreciation account
8. the method of calculating depreciation
9.
10.

Question: 4094 Another name for the Equal Installment method of depreciation is the

6. reducing balance method


7. sinking fund method
8. straight line method
9. revaluation method
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
178
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4098 An asset is purchased for Rs. 11000. The scrap value is Rs. 1,000 and it is expected to last ten
years. The amount of straight depreciation charged each year would be

6. RS. 900
7. RS. 1,000
8. RS. 1,100
9. RS. 1,200
10.

Question: 4104 A firm buys an asset for RS. 10,000 and depreciates it using the diminishing balance method.
which of the following amounts world be the second year’s depreciation charge at 10% per annum

6. RS. 800
7. RS. 810
8. RS. 900
9. RS. 1,000
10.

Question: 4107 On 1st January a firm’s loose tools are valued at RS. 4,500. A year later they are revalued at RS.
3000. The depreciation charge for the year is

5. RS. 500
6. RS. 1,000
7. RS. 1,500
8. RS. 3,OOO

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4066 . A 4069 . B 4071 . B 4073 . A 4085 . A 4092 . B 4094 . C 4098 . B 4104 . C 4107 .
C

Question: 4110 The book value of a motor van on 1st January is RS. 20,000.Two years later the book value is Rs.
10,000.. The straight line depreciation rate of charge each years is

6. 12%
7. 25%
8. 33%
9. 50%
10.

Question: 4114 The vehicles in a company's feet usually last three years. it would probably charge depreciation
on a fixed installment basis at a rate of

6. 25% per annum


7. 33% per annum
8. 50% per annum
9. 665% per annum
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
179
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4116 A firm buys a lathe for Rs. 20,000 on 1st January and another one for RS.24,000 on 1st July.
Deprecation is charged at the rate of 10% per annum or cost, using the basis of one month's ownership needs
one month's depreciation. The total depreciation charge on the 31 December should be

6. RS. 2,200
7. RS. 3,200
8. RS. 3,600
9. RS.4,400
10.

Question: 4119 An asset cost RS. 12,000 and is expected to last ten years, so depreciation is charged at RS.
1,200 per year. How-ever, after ten years the asset is still in use. Which of the following would be the future
charge for depreciation?

6. Continue to charge RS. 1,200per year depreciation


7. Credit profit and loss account with RS. 1,200 every year the asset continues to be in use.
8. Stop charging depreciation after the ten years
9. Reduce the depreciation charge on another asset
10.

Question: 4121 A firm's assets at total RS. 1,00,000. The total depreciation charged to date is RS.45,000. The
book value of the assets is

6. RS. 45,000
7. RS. 55,000
8. RS. 1,00,000
9. RS. 1,45,000
10.

Question: 4125 A firm's assets at cost total Rs.1,00,000 .The total depreciation.2,40,000. charged to date is
Rs.2,40000. Depreciation was charged at the rate of 10% annum by the straight line method. It decided to
change its method to diminishing balance at 10% per annum, with retrospective effect. The total difference in
the profits over the three years would be

6. RS, 6,690
7. Rs, 6,960
8. RS. 9,660
9. RS. 9,690
10.

Question: 4174 If the provision for bad debts account is adjusted at the end of this financial year to equal 5% of
the debtors. the balance on the total debtors account at 31st December must have been

6. RS. 10,000
7. RS. 25,000
8. RS. 40,000
9. RS. 50,000
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
180
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4175 The nit figure for debtors which appeared in the balance sheet at the end of the previous year
was

6. RS. 47,500
7. RS. 48,000
8. RS. 51,500
9. RS. 52,500
10.

Question: 4176 If the RS. 1,000 bad debts had not been written off, the overall effect on the profit for the year
of all the entries relating to debtors, debts and provision for bad debts is

6. a decrease of TS. 1,500


7. a decrease of RS. 1,500
8. an increase of RS. 500
9. an increase of RS. 1,500
10.

Question: 4183 If the Rs. 1,000 bad debts had not been written off, the overall effect on the profit for the year
of all the entries relating to debtors, bad provision for bad debts would have been

5. nil
6. a decrease of Rs. 500
7. an increase of RS. 500
8. an increase of RS. 1,500

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4110 . B 4114 . B 4116 . B 4119 . C 4121 . B 4125 . B 4174 . C 4175 . A 4176 . B 4183 .
C

Question: 4186 If the Rs. 1,000 bad debts had not been written off, the overall effect on the profit for the year
of all the entries relating to debtors, bad provision for bad debts would have been

6. nil
7. a decrease of Rs. 500
8. an increase of RS. 500
9. an increase of RS. 1,500
10.

Question: 4190 Which one of the following statements about debtors, bad debts and provisions for bad debts
in the incorrect?

6. Debtors usually appear as a current asset in the balance in the balance sheet
7. provisions for bad debts usually have a debit balance in ledger
8. The bad debts account usually has a debit balance in the ledger
9. An increase in the provision for bad debts account will reduce the profit of the firm
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
181
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4191 which one of the following types of business is likely to have the largest amount of 'bad debts' ?

6. A Chinese take away


7. A newsagent
8. A bank
9. A supermarket
10.

Question: 4193 If the sales ledger control has a debit balance of RS. 39,400 it means that

6. there is RS. 39,400 in the bank account


7. customers owe you RS. 39,500
8. you owe supplies R.s. 39500
9. you owe expenses totaling RS. 39,400
10.

Question: 4197 If the purchase ledger control has a credit balance of RS. 48,000 it means that

6. your bank account is overdrawn by RS. 48,000 customers


7. customers owe you RS. 48,000
8. you owe suppliers RS. 48,000
9. you owe expenses totaling RS. 48,000
10.

Question: 4200 The total of the returns out wards for the month should be entered on the

6. debit side of the purchase control account


7. credit side of the purchase control account
8. credit side of the sales control account
9. debit side of the sales control account
10.

Question: 4201 Additional freight costs charged control account

6. credit side of the purchase control account


7. credit side of the purchase control account
8. credit side of the sales control account
9. debit side of the sales control account
10.

Question: 4202 Cash discounts received should be entered on the

6. debit side of the purchase control account


7. credit side of the purchase control account
8. credit side of the sales control account
9. debit side of the sales control account
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
182
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4207 At the end of the financial year, once the balances on the control account are agreed with the
total balances from their respective ledgers, they should appear in the balance sheet as

6. fictitious assets and debentures


7. debtors' and creditors' balance
8. fixed assets and long term liabilities
9. fixed assets and share capital
10.

Question: 4210 A cherub received which has now been dishonored should be entered on the

5. debit side of the purchase control account


6. credit side of the purchase control account
7. credit side of the sales control account
8. debit side of the sales control account

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.

4186 . C 4190 . B 4191 . D 4193 . B 4197 . C 4200 . A 4201 . D 4202 . C 4207 . B 4210
.D

Question: 4217 Assuming that it reconciles with the cash book, a credit balance on a bank statement on the
31st December would appear in the balance sheet as a

6. current asset
7. current liability
8. fixed asset
9. long term liability
10.

Question: 4220 when the monthly bank statement is out which one of the following would appear?

6. cherubs written but not yet presented for payment


7. credit transfer received from customers
8. payment into the band not yet credited
9. A sales ledger balance written off as a bad debt
10.

Question: 4224 which one of the following be entered in the cash book and not on the bank statement ?

6. Bank charges
7. A dishonored cherub
8. payments into the bank but not yet credited
9. A credit transfer received from a customer
10.

Question: 4225 when drawing up a bank reconciliation statement, if you start with a debit balance as per the
bank statement, the unrepresented cherubs should be

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
183
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. added
7. subtracted
8. multiplied
9. divided
10.

Question: 4228 when drawing up a bank reconciliation statement, if you start with a debit balance in the cash
book , bank charges should be

6. added
7. subtracted
8. multiplied
9. divided
10.

Question: 4233 The petty cash is kept on the IMPREST system and the balance at the start of the month is Rs.
1,000. If petty cash expenses during the month of Rs.720 are incurred, the amount received from the cashier at
the start of the next month should be

6. Rs.280
7. Rs.720
8. Rs.1,000
9. Rs.1,720
10.

Question: 4234 The main purpose of petty cash is

6. to pay employees wages


7. to pay suppliers for their goods
8. as change for the till
9. to pay small day to day business expenses
10.

Question: 4236 Under the immprest system the petty cash is

6. increased every week


7. reduced every week
8. always restored to the original amount
9. used up completely before being restored
10.

Question: 4237 A receipts and payments account is similar to

6. an income and expenditure account


7. a statement of affairs
8. a cash or bank account
9. a profit and loss account
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
184
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4238 A club's income and expenditure account performs the same function as a firm's

6. trading profit and loss account


7. balance sheet
8. bank account
9. petty cash book
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4217 . A 4220 . B 4224 . C 4225 . A 4228 . B 4233 . B 4234 . D 4236 . C 4237 . C 4238 .
A

Question: 4239 A club's balance sheet may be referred to as its

6. income and expenditure account


7. receipts and payments account
8. accumulated fund
9. statement of affairs
10.

Question: 4240 A club's loss is often referred to as

6. a balance
7. a deficit
8. a surplus
9. drawing
10.

Question: 4241 The amount of member's subscriptions paid advance is

6. as asset
7. an expense
8. a liability
9. a surplus
10.

Question: 4242 If a club owned a bar, the amount of profit or made by the bar in a financial year would be
shown in the

6. receipts and payments account


7. income and expenditure account
8. balance sheet
9. bank account
10.

Question: 4243 A club's capital may be referred to as its

6. bank balance

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
185
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. assets
8. accumulated fund
9. surplus
10.

Question: 4244 A club has 100 members and the subscription is Rs.10 per year. All have paid the right amount
except three members who paid Rs.20 each because they owed for the previous year, and one member who
also paid for next year . The income from subscriptions for the year in the income and expenditure account
should be

6. Rs.960
7. Rs.1,000
8. Rs.1,030
9. Rs.1,040
10.

Question: 4245 Depreciation written off the snooker table should be entered in the

6. receipts and payments account only


7. receipts and payments account and the income and expenditure account
8. receipts and payments account and the statement of affairs
9. income and expenditure account and the statement
10.

Question: 4246 Rs.4,000 spent on a snooker table should be entered in the

6. receipts and payments account only


7. receipts and payments account and the income and expenditure account
8. receipts and payments account and the statement affairs
9. income and expenditure account and the statement of affairs
10.

Question: 4247 The rate of turnover of stock is the

6. total value of turnover


7. average stock divided by the cost of sales
8. numbers of times the average stock is sold
9. average of the opening and closing stock
10.

Question: 4248 The cost of goods sold is the

5. average stock divided by the rate of turnover of stock


6. average stock multiplied by the turnover
7. rate of turnover of stock divided by the average stock
8. average stock multiplied by the rate of turnover of stock

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
186
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4239 . D 4240 . B 4241 . C 4242 . B 4243 . C 4244 . B 4245 . D 4246 . C 4247 . C 4248 .
D

Question: 4249 Which one of the following is most likely to have the lowest rate of stock turn?

6. a super market
7. a greengrocer
8. a newsagent
9. a jeweler
10.

Question: 4250 If a supermarket marks up its goods for resale by 10% on cost, the gross profit made on Rs.
1,000 worth of purchased should be

6. Rs.100
7. Rs.900
8. Rs.1,000
9. Rs.1,100
10.

Question: 4252 During a year a store makes a gross profit of Rs.80,000 which is 20% of the cost of goods sold.
The sales mast therefore be

6. Rs. 4,00,000
7. Rs. 4,80,000
8. Rs. 4,00,000
9. Rs. 1,00,000
10.

Question: 4253 During a year a store's sales are Rs.5,00,000 and expenses are 20% of the gross profit. If 25% is
added to the cost price of goods to obtain the selling price, the net profit is

6. Rs. 25,000
7. Rs. 55,000
8. Rs. 80,000
9. Rs. 1,00,000
10.

Question: 4254 A trader starts a business with Rs.10000 cash and a van worth Rs.5000. At the end of his first
year he has Rs.2000 in the bank, stock worth Rs.5,000, debtors valued Rs.2,000 and the van which is now worth
Rs.Rs.4,000. If he has withdrawn Rs.2,000 from the business during the year for private expenses, he has made

6. a loss of Rs.1,000
7. neither a profit nor a loss
8. a profit of Rs.1,000
9. a profit of Rs.2,000
10.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
187
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4257 A store's make up is the

6. gross profit expressed as a percentage of the cost of goods sold


7. gross profit expressed as a percentage of the sales
8. not profit expressed as a percentage of the cost of goods sold
9. net profit expressed as a percentage of the sales
10.

Question: 4258 A store's margin is the

6. gross profit expressed as a percentage of the cost goods sold


7. gross profit expressed as a percentage of the sales
8. net profit expressed as a percentage of the cost goods sold
9. net profit expressed as a percentage of the sales
10.

Question: 4259 A trader uses his business bank account and writes cherubs totaling Rs 25,000 for his private
use. He also takes stock valued at Rs.9,000 from the shelves for his own use, and decides to give his daughter
one of the firm's typewriters valued at Rs.1,200 as she is starting a secretarial course at the local college. His
drawings for the year total

6. Rs. 25,000
7. Rs. 26,200
8. Rs. 34,000
9. Rs. 35,200
10.

Question: 4260 if a store's mark up is 25% the margin must be

6. 5%
7. 10%
8. 15%
9. 20%
10.

Question: 4261 Ten people formed a partnership and contributed Rs.100 each to the venture. The total capital
was used to purchase goods which were resold at a markup of 100% on cost. If expenses were 25% of sales and
the net profit was distributed equally to the partners, each partner has increased his initial capital by

6. 25%
7. 50%
8. 75%
9. 100%
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4249 . D 4250 . A 4252 . B 4253 . C 4254 . B 4257 . A 4258 . B 4259 . D 4260 . D 4261 .
B

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
188
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4266 A firm owes Rs. 200 to trade creditors at the start in the year and Rs.300 at the end. Purchases
on credit during the year totaled Rs.10,000. If suppliers allowed a total of Rs. 500 cash discount during the year,
the amount paid so the creditors have been

6. Rs. 9,200
7. Rs. 9,400
8. Rs. 9,600
9. Rs. 9,200
10.

Question: 4267 A firm's debtors fell from Rs.1,000 at the start of the year to Rs.900 at the end. the total of the
sales day book was Rs.7,900 and the cash book showed that Rs. 7,700 was received from debtors during the
year. Assuming a bad debt of Rs. 100 was written off, the cash discount allowed to credit customers during the
year must have amounted to

6. Rs. 200
7. Rs. 400
8. Rs. 700
9. Rs. 900
10.

Question: 4268 the main purpose of a manufacturing account is to find the

6. cost of overheads
7. cost of raw materials used
8. cost of production
9. gross profit
10.

Question: 4270 Which one of the following is not an overhead?

6. cost of raw materials


7. depreciation of plant and machinery
8. rent and rates of the factory
9. foreman's wages
10.

Question: 4272 An alternative expression for indirect expenses is

6. prime cost
7. production cost
8. work in progress
9. overheads
10.

Question: 4273 Which one of the following would not be included in the prime cost?

6. manufacturing wages

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
189
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. direct power
8. direct factory expenses
9. heating and lighting of the factory
10.

Question: 4275 The prime cost consists of

6. wages plus overheads


7. materials plus overheads
8. all direct factory expenses
9. indirect factory expense
10.

Question: 4286 A bank reconciliation statement reconciles the

6. ledger with the journals


7. petty cash book with the bank account
8. bank statement with the cash book
9. day books with the bank statement
10.

Question: 4287 Assuming that it reconciles with the cash book, a credit balance on a bank statement on the
31st December would appear in the balance sheet as a

6. current asset
7. current liability
8. fixed asset
9. long term liability
10.

Question: 4288 when the monthly bank statement is sent out which one of the following would appear?

5. cherubs written but not yet presented for payment


6. credit transfer received from customers
7. payment into the bank not yet credited
8. A sales ledger balance written off as a bad debt

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4266 . B 4267 . A 4268 . C 4270 . A 4272 . D 4273 . D 4275 . C 4286 . C 4287 . A 4288 .
B

Question: 4289 work in progress at the end of the financial year is

6. included in the present year's production cost


7. not included in the present year's production cost
8. included in the previous year's production cost

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
190
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
9. added to the cost of raw materials
10.

Question: 4290 work in progress at the end of the financial year is

6. included in the present year's production cost


7. not included in the present year's production cost
8. included in the previous year's production cost
9. added to the cost of raw materials
10.

Question: 4291 If the prime cost is Rs. 40,000 overheads R.s. 60,000, work in progress at 1st January Rs. 10,000
and work in progress at 31st December RS. 20,000 the cost of the year's production of finished goods is

6. RS. 90,000
7. RS. 1, 00,000
8. RS. 1,10,000
9. RS. 1,30,000
10.

Question: 4292 Depreciation of plant and machinery is usually classified as

6. a financial cost
7. an overhead cost
8. a selling cost
9. an administration cost
10.

Question: 4293 If a manufacturing company gas to pay a royalty for every unit it produces, this would probably
be classified as

6. an indirect cost
7. a direct cost
8. an overhead
9. a cost of materials
10.

Question: 4294 Which one of the following is usually classified as a variable cost in the short term?

6. cost of materials used


7. factory rates
8. factory rent
9. foreman's wages
10.

Question: 4295 which one of the following is usually classified as a fixed cost in the short term?

6. Direct labor costs

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
191
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. power for the factory machinery
8. cost of materials used
9. factory rent and rates
10.

Question: 4296 In a manufacturing firm's trading account the cost of production figure replaces the

6. cost of goods sold


7. closing stock of finished goods
8. purchase of finished goods
9. gross profit
10.

Question: 4297 The cost of raw materials used is

6. Rs. 5,00,000
7. Rs. 6,00,000
8. RS. 6,50,000
9. RS. 6,70,000
10.

Question: 4298 The prime cost is

6. RS. 6,00,000
7. RS. 670,000
8. RS. 11,00,000
9. RS. 14,20,000
10.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4289 . B 4290 . B 4291 . A 4292 . B 4293 . B 4294 . A 4295 . D 4296 . C 4297 . B 4298 .
C

Question: 4299 The total factory overheads are

6. RS.2,30,000
7. RS. 3,20,000
8. RS. 14,10,000
9. RS. 14,20,000
10.

Question: 4300 The cost of the year's production of finished goods is

6. RS. 11,00,000
7. RS. 14,10,000
8. RS. 14,20,000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
192
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
9. RS. 14,60,000
10.

Question: 4301 The work in progress at the start of the year was

6. RS. 10,000
7. RS. 30,000
8. RS. 40,000
9. RS. 50,000
10.

Question: 4302 The indirect wages for the year totaled

6. RS. 10,000
7. RS. 20,000
8. RS. 30,000
9. RS. 40,000
10.

Question: 4303 If the accountant had forgotten to take in to account that RS. 5,000 paid for forgotten to take
into account that RS. 5,000 paid for factory rates was for the following year, the production cost would have
been

6. RS. 14,05,000
7. RS. 14,10,000
8. RS. 15,000
9. RS. 14,20,000
10.

Question: 4304 At the end of the financial year a partner's drawing current account are transferred to the

6. credit side of the partner's capital account


7. credit side of the partner's current account
8. debit side of the partnership bank account
9. debit side of the partner's
10.

Question: 4305 After the final accounts have been prepared, a debit balance on a partner's current account
means that the

6. partner is owed that amount by partnership


7. partnership's bank account is overdrawn
8. partner is in debt to the partnership for that amount
9. partnership has no working capital
10.

Question: 4306 If one partner received a salary which is credited to him at the end of the year, the share of the
profit available for distribution will be

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
193
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. increased
7. decreased
8. unchanged
9. non-existent
10.

Question: 4314 which one of the following would be entered in the cash book and not on the bank statement

6. Bank charges
7. A dishonored cherub
8. payment into the bank but not yet credited
9. A credit transfer received from a customer
10.

Question: 4315 when drawing up a bank reconciliation statement, if you start with a debit balance as per the
bank statement, the unprecedented cheques should be

5. added
6. subtracted
7. multiplied
8. divided

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4299 . B 4300 . B 4301 . C 4302 . C 4303 . A 4304 . D 4305 . C 4306 . B 4314 . C 4315 .
A

Question: 4316 when drawing up a bank reconciliation statement, if you start with a debit balance in the cash
book, the bank charges should be

6. added
7. subtracted
8. multiplied
9. divided
10.

Question: 4317 when the monthly bank statement is sent out which one of the following would not appear

6. Interest charged by the bank


7. A dishonored cheque
8. A direct debit
9. A payment from petty cash
10.

Question: 4318 The petty cash is kept on the Imprest system and the balance at the start of the month is RS.
1,000. If petty cash expenses during the month of RS. 720 are incurred, the amount received from the cashier at
the start of the next month should be

6. RS. 280

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
194
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. RS. 720
8. RS. 1,000
9. RS. 1,720
10.

Question: 4319 The main purpose of petty

6. to pay employees, wages


7. to pay suppliers for their goods
8. as change for the till
9. to pay small day to day business expenses
10.

Question: 4351 An analytical petty cash book

6. Lists different petty expenses under their relevant headings


7. is used instead of three column cash book
8. is not part of the double entry system
9. is always run on the imprest system
10.

Question: 4353 Under the Imprest system the cash is

6. increased every week


7. reduced every week
8. always restored to the original amount
9. used op completely before being restored
10.

Question: 4355 A receipts and payments account is similar to

6. an income and expenditure account


7. a statement of affairs
8. a cash or bank account
9. a profit and loss account
10.

Question: 4358 A club's income and expenditure account performs the same function as a firm's

6. trading, profit and loss account


7. balance sheet
8. bank account
9. petty cash book
10.

Question: 4359 A club's balance sheet may be referred to as its

6. income and expenditure account

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
195
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. receipts and payments account
8. accumulated fund
9. statement of affairs
10.

Question: 4360 A club's capital may be referred to as its

6. bank balance
7. assets
8. accumulated fund
9. surplus
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4316 . B 4317 . D 4318 . B 4319 . D 4351 . A 4353 . C 4355 . C 4358 . A 4359 . D 4360 .
C

Question: 4362 A club's loss is often referred to as

6. a balance
7. a deficit
8. a surplus
9. drawings
10.

Question: 4366 The amount of member's subscriptions paid in advance is

6. an asset
7. an expense
8. a liability
9. a surplus
10.

Question: 4368 I a club owned a bar, the amount of profit or loss made by the bar in a financial year would be
shown in the

6. receipts and payments account


7. income and expenditure account
8. balance sheet
9. bank account
10.

Question: 4372 A club has 100 members and the subscription is RS. 10 per year. All have paid the right amount
except three members who paid RS. 20each because they owed for the previous year, and one member who
also paid for next year. The income from subscriptions for the year in the income and expenditure account
should be

6. RS. 960

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
196
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. RS. 1,000
8. RS. 1,030
9. RS. 1,040
10.

Question: 4373 RS. 4,000 spent on a snooker table should be entered in the

6. receipts and payments account only


7. receipts and payments account and the income and expenditure account
8. receipts and payments account and the statement of affairs
9. income and expenditure account and the statement of affairs
10.

Question: 4374 Depreciation written off the snooker table should be entered on the

6. receipts and payments account only


7. receipts and payments account and the income and expenditure account
8. receipts and payments account and the statement of affairs
9. income and expenditure account and the statement of affairs
10.

Question: 4375 During the year the cash figure has increased by

6. RS. 820
7. RS. 1,000
8. RS.1,820
9. RS.2,790
10.

Question: 4376 The accumulated fund at the beginning of the club's second year amounted to

6. RS. 820
7. RS.1,000
8. RS. 1,820
9. RS. 2,790
10.

Question: 4377 Rent owing at the end of the year amounted to

6. nil
7. RS. 50
8. RS. 350
9. RS. 400
10.

Question: 4378 Rates owing at the end of the year amounted to

6. nil

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
197
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
7. RS. 30
8. RS. 100
9. RS. 130
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4362 . B 4366 . C 4368 . B 4372 . B 4373 . C 4374 . D 4375 . B 4376 . A 4377 . B 4378 .
A

Question: 4379 The amount owed to creditors for supplies of sweets at 31 December was

6. RS. 30
7. RS. 210
8. RS. 420
9. RS. 600
10.

Question: 4381 The book value of fixed assets at 31st December amounted to

6. RS. 20
7. RS. 70
8. RS.90
9. RS. 110
10.

Question: 4382 If the donations had been 'capitalized,' the accumulated fund at 31st December would have
been

6. RS. 700
7. RS. 820
8. RS. 1,520
9. RS. 1,740
10.

Question: 4383 If the donations had been 'capitalized,' the surplus would have been

6. RS. 120
7. RS. 700
8. RS.820
9. RS.1,520
10.

Question: 4384 The current assets at 31st December amounted to

6. RS. 1,000
7. RS. 1,040
8. RS. 1,070
9. RS. 1,110

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
198
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
10.

Question: 4386 The rate of turnover of stock is the

6. total value of turnover


7. average stock divide by the cost of sales
8. number of times the average stock is sold
9. average of the opening and closing stock
10.

Question: 4389 The cost of goods sold is the

6. average stock divided by the rate of turnover of stock


7. average stock multiplied by the turnover
8. rate of turnover of stock divided by the average stock
9. average stock multiplied by the rate of turnover of stock
10.

Question: 4392 which one of the following is most likely to have the lowest rate of stock turn?

6. A super market
7. A greengrocer
8. A news agent
9. A jeweler
10.

Question: 4398 If a supermarket marks up its goods for resale by 10% on cost, the gross profit made on RS.
1,000 worth of purchased should be

6. RS. 100
7. RS. 900
8. RS. 1,000
9. RS. 1,100
10.

Question: 4399 which one of the following is most likely to have the lowest rate of stock turn?

6. A super market
7. A greengrocer
8. A news agent
9. A jeweler
10.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4379 . B 4381 . C 4382 . B 4383 . A 4384 . C 4386 . C 4389 . D 4392 . D 4398 . A 4399 .
D

Question: 4401 The amount owed to creditors for supplies of sweets at 31 December was

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
199
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
6. RS. 30
7. RS. 210
8. RS. 420
9. RS. 600
10.

Question: 4404 During a year a store makes a gross profit of RS. 80,000 which is 20% of the cost of goods sold
The sales mast therefore be

6. RS. 4,000,000
7. 4,80,000
8. RS. 5,20,000
9. RS. 1,00,000
10.

Question: 4411 During a year a store's sales are R.s. 5,00,000 and expenses are 20% of the gross profit. If 25% is
added to the cost price of goods to obtain the selling price, the net profit is

5. RS. 25,000
6. RS. 55,000
7. RS. 80,000
8. RS. 1,00.000

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4398 . A 4399 . D 4401 . B 4404 . B 4411 . C

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
200
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)

E
C
O
N
O
M
Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
201
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)

I
C
S

Question: 924 Direct wages should always be classified

11. as variable costs


12. as fixed costs
13. as semi-fixed
14. according to their actual behavior
15.

Question: 928 The First in First Out (FIFO) materials pricing system charges issues at

11. the price of the most recent batch in stock


12. the price of the first component used in the period
13. the average price of goods in stock
14. the price of the oldest batch in stock
15.

Question: 933 The Last in First Out (LIFO) system will

11. value stocks at current values


12. understate product in times of rising prices
13. tend to produce realistic product costs
14. make cost comparisons between jobs easier
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
202
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 940 When Activity Based Costing is used it is probable the

11. all products will cost more


12. high volume product will tend to be costed lower
13. direct costs will be a smaller proportion of total costs
14. more costs will be charghed to products which are produced for stock
15.

Question: 942 the use of backflush accounting means that

11. conversion costs cannot be carried forward in stock values


12. stocks cannot occur
13. raw material costs will be reduced
14. costs are attributed to stock and cost of sales when the finished goods are made
15.

Question: 943 Unit costs are extensively used in the public sector. This is because

11. they are a rough and ready guide to efficiency


12. they are a good measure of the quality of service provided
13. they allow for regional differences
14. they enable public sector organizations to stay within the set cash limits
15.

Question: 944 which of the following firms are most likely to use process costing

11. a car manufacturer


12. a sugar refinery
13. a builder
14. a departmental store
15.

Question: 946 Activity Based Costing absorbs overheads into products

11. by treating most of them as long-term variable costs


12. by ignoring the volume of production
13. according to the usage of support overheads
14. by only producing on demand
15.

Question: 948 Significant Digit Codes are

11. where some of the digits are part of the description


12. only used for raw materials
13. to enable a code to be self-checking
14. a means of combing expenditure and location codes
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
203
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 952 Check digit variations is

11. the process of checking invoices for correct calculations


12. a method of making code numbers self checking
13. to enable codes to be self-indexing
14. the encoding of invoices with internal codes
15.

Question: 956 which of the following firms would be most likely to use job costing

11. a paint manufacturer


12. a sugar refinery
13. a firm of architects
14. a car manufacturers
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
924 . D 928 . D 933 . C 940 . B 942 . D 943 . A 944 . B 946 . C 948 . A 952 . B 956 .
C

Question: 960 Labor turnovers can be expressed as a ratio as follows

11. Number of leavers


12. Number replaced
13. Numbers of employees at the end
14. Number of leavers in a period
15.

Question: 965 A cost drivers is

11. the amount of overhead caused by an activity


12. a unit of activity which causes costs
13. a long term variable costs
14. equivalent to a cost centre
15.

Question: 969 Prime cost includes

11. Direct labour,direct materials and direct expenses


12. All direct costs plus factory overheads
13. Direct materials plus total overheads
14. Direct labor plus factory overheads
15.

Question: 974 A cost center is

11. A unit of production in relation to which costs are ascertained


12. A location which is responsible for controlling direct costs

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
204
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
13. Part of the overhead system by which costs are gathered together
14. Any location or department which incurs cost
15.

Question: 981 Cost apportionments is carried out by

11. Charging each cost unit a realistic proportion of overheads


12. charging whole items of cost to centers
13. Ensuring that each period carries its amount of cost by making accruals or prepayment s
14. Dividing common costs among centers in proportion to the benefit received
15.

Question: 990 Overhead absorption is done so that

11. common costs are shared among cost centres,in portion to the benefit received
12. The total amount of overheads for the firm can be calculated
13. The total overheads for a cost centre can be calculated
14. Each unit of the product carries a share of overheads
15.

Question: 998 Expenditure on steel used in the product would be classified into which of the following
categories

11. Direct material/cost unit


12. direct material/production overheads
13. in direct material/cost unit
14. prime cost/production overhead
15.

Question: 1005 A firms’ uses direct labor a basis for overhead absorption if large fluctuations in labor house are
experiences

11. this is a reason to use predetermined overhead rate


12. this will mean that overheads will be under or over absorbed for the year
13. different amounts of overhead will be charged to jobs with the same labor hours
14. it will be better to use a machine hour rate
15.

Question: 1039 A predetermined overhead rate using machine hours as a basis

11. is calculated by dividing actual overhead by budgeted machine hours


12. results in the over absorption of overhead
13. is inferior to a rate based on labor hours
14. results in charging similar overheads to jobs with similar machine hours
15.

Question: 1043 the costing associated with a typical site based contract

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
205
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. means that more costs can be identified as direct
12. requires some estimate to be made of interim profits
13. means that the contract account will be credited with materials at the end of thee contract
14. includes all of these
15.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
952 . B 956 . C 960 . B 965 . B 969 . A 974 . C 981 . D 990 . D 998 . A 1005 . A 1039
.D 1043 . D

Question: 1046 Using process costing the amount of cost transferred to finished goods stock is the cost of

11. the equivalent production for the period


12. the units completed during the period
13. the units started and completed during the period
14. the units in the opening Finished Goods stocks
15.

Question: 1054 Double loop feedback

11. is information designed to ensures that operations conform to plans


12. is designed to assess how well the control system operates and how relevant current pains are
13. is information passed up two layers of the organization
14. is information that is double checked for accuracy
15.

Question: 1057 the distance A represents

11. contribution at activity level X


12. profit at activity level X
13. the amount of variable costs at activity level X
14. the margin of safety
15.

Question: 1061 the distance represents

11. contribution at activity level Y


12. the amount of variable costs at activity level Y
13. the level of sales at activity level Y
14. the amount of variable costs at activity level Y
15.

Question: 1069 which of the following are possible causes of the changes in the graph at activity level Z

11. an increase in sales value causing an increase in contribution


12. a decrease in fixed costs causing an increase in variable costs

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
206
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
13. an increase in total fixed costs and a decrease in variable costs per unit
14. an increase in total variable costs and a decrease in fixed costs per unit
15.

Question: 1078 what do the lines C and D represent

11. Fixed costs and variable costs respectively


12. Total costs and variable costs respectively
13. Variable cost and fixed costs respectively
14. Sales revenue and total costs respectively
15.

Question: 1081 if the total expenditure on cost type X was expressed as a cost per unit of the product X would
be classified as variable if

11. the cost per unit changed with the level of activity
12. the cost per unit was affected by inflation
13. the cost per unit remained constant with changes in the level of activity
14. the total expenditure on X remained the same
15.

Question: 1085 the main purpose of cost accounting is to

11. maximize profits


12. help in inventory valuation
13. provide information to management for decision-making
14. aid in the fixation of selling prices
15.

Question: 1086 one of the most important tools in cost planning is

11. direct cost


12. budget
13. cost sheet
14. marginal costing
15.

Question: 1088 the purpose of cost accounting is to provide information for

11. preparing costing P& L A/c


12. cost control
13. locating factors leading to wastages and losses
14. assessing the profitability and financial position of the firm
15.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
207
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1039 . D 1043 . D 1046 . C 1054 . A 1057 . A 1061 . D 1069 . C 1078 . B 1081 . C 1085 .
C 1086 . B 1088 . B

Question: 1089 Fixed cost per unit increases when

11. variable cost per unit increases


12. variable cost per unit decreases
13. Production volume increases
14. production volume decreases
15.

Question: 1091 Variable cost per unit

11. varies when output varies


12. remains constant
13. increases when output increases
14. decreases when output decreases
15.

Question: 1093 Increase in total variable cost is due to

11. increase in fixed cost


12. increase in sales
13. increase in production
14. increase in total cost
15.

Question: 1095 an example of variable cost is

11. property taxes


12. interest on capital
13. direct material cost
14. depreciation of machinery
15.

Question: 1100 an example of fixed cost is

11. direct material cost


12. works managers salary
13. depreciation of machinery
14. chargeable expenses
15.

Question: 1102 Cost accounting concepts include all of following except

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
208
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. Planning
12. controlling
13. profit sharing
14. product costing
15.

Question: 1104 the three major elements of product costs are all but

11. direct materials


12. Factory overhead
13. direct labor
14. indirect labor
15.

Question: 1111 Cost of goods produced includes

11. production cost and finished goods inventory


12. production cost and work-in-progress
13. production cost, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory
14.
15.

Question: 1117 Cost of goods sold includes

11. cost of production and work-in-progress


12. cost of production and finished goods inventory
13. cost production, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory
14.
15.

Question: 1123 an overstatement of work-in-progress at the end of a period will

11. overstate cost of goods produced


12. understate current assets
13. understate gross profit
14. overstate net profit
15.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1086 . B 1088 . B 1089 . D 1091 . B 1093 . C 1095 . C 1100 . B 1102 . C 1104 . D 1111 .
B 1117 . B 1123 . D

Question: 1117 Cost of goods sold includes

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
209
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. cost of production and work-in-progress
12. cost of production and finished goods inventory
13. cost production, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory
14.
15.

Question: 1123 an overstatement of work-in-progress at the end of a period will

11. overstate cost of goods produced


12. understate current assets
13. understate gross profit
14. overstate net profit
15.

Question: 1126 Conversion cost is equal to the total of

11. material cost and indirect wages


12. material cost and indirect wages
13. direct wages and factory overhead
14. material cost and factory overhead
15.

Question: 1127 multiple costing methods is used in

11. oil refinery


12. car manufacturing company
13. sugar mill
14. multi-product company
15.

Question: 1128 Toy manufacturing company should use

11. unit costing


12. job costing
13. batch costing
14. multiple costing
15.

Question: 1129 Electricity generating company should use

11. unit costing


12. process costing
13. batch costing
14. multiple costing
15.

Question: 1130 Job costing is used in

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
210
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. paper mills
12. chemical works
13. printing press
14. textile mill
15.

Question: 1131 Output costing is employed in

11. mining quarries


12. steel production
13. brick kilns
14. all of these
15.

Question: 1132 Contract costing is used in

11. ship-building
12. airplane industries
13. automobile industries
14. none of these
15.

Question: 1167 Direct material is a

11. Fixed cost


12. variable cost
13. semi variable cost
14.
15.

Question: 1172 Direct material is a

11. manufacturing cost


12. Administration
13. Selling and distribution cost
14. Any of the above
15.

Question: 1174 in manufacturing industries, the most important element of cost is

11. Material
12. Labor
13. Overheads
14.
15.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
211
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1117 . B 1123 . D 1126 . C 1127 . B 1128 . C 1129 . D 1130 . C 1131 . D 1132 . An 1167
.B 1172 . An 1174 . A

Question: 1176 which of the following is an accounting record

11. Bill of Material


12. Bin card
13. stores ledger
14. All of these
15.

Question: 1180 which of the following documents is used for issuing materials to productions departments

11. purchase Requisition Note


12. stores Requisition note
13. Goods Received Note
14. stores Credit Note
15.

Question: 1183 which of following is considered to be a normal loss of materials

11. Loss due to accidents


12. pilferage
13. Loss due to breaking the bulk
14. Loss due to careless handling of materials
15. All of these

Question: 1186 According to which of the following methods of pricing, issues are close to current economic
values

11. Last-in-first-out price


12. First-in-first-out price
13. Highest-in-first-out price
14. Weighted average price
15.

Question: 1187 in which of the following methods of pricing costs lag behind the current economic values

11. Last-in-first-out price.


12. First-in -first-out price.
13. Replacement price.
14. Weighted average price.
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
212
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1192 which of the following methods of stock control aims at concentrating efforts on selected items
of materials

11. perpetual inventory system


12. Materials turnover
13. Maximum, minimum and re-order level setting
14. ABC analysis
15.

Question: 1193 in base stock method of pricing the material issues, the term base stock represents the

11. Quantity of stock being issued


12. stock in balance
13. Minimum stock
14. Maximum stock
15.

Question: 1194 which of the following items of cost should NOT be treated as NOT be treated as direct material

11. Electricity representing 90% of the total cost


12. Sand paper used in production
13. Thread used in stitching garments
14. All of the above
15.

Question: 1195 Continuous stock-taking is a part of

11. Annual stock-taking


12. Perpetual inventory system
13. ABC analysis
14. periodic inventory system
15.

Question: 1197 the classification of items in ABC analysis is made on the basis of

9. Investment value of materials


10. Consumption value of materials
11. Quantity of materials consumed
12. All of these

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1172 . An 1174 . An 1176 . C 1180 . B 1183 . C 1186 . An 1187 . B 1192 . D 1193 .
C 1194 . D 1195 . B 1197 . D

Question: 1202 in which of the following methods, issues of materials are priced at a pre-determined rate

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
213
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. Inflated price method
12. Standard price method
13. Replacement price method
14. Specific price method
15.

Question: 1204 in which of the following methods, materials are issued at the price prevailing at the time of
issue

11. Inflated price method


12. Standard price method
13. Replacement price method
14. Specific price method
15.

Question: 1205 the storekeeper should initiate a purchase requisition when stock reaches

11. Minimum leveled


12. maximum level
13. re-order level
14. overage level
15.

Question: 1207 which of the following material losses should be transferred to costing profit and loss account

11. Loss by evaporation


12. Loss due to improper storage of materials
13. Loss due to breaking the bulk
14. All of these
15.

Question: 1210 when material prices fluctuate widely, the method of pricing that gives absurd results is

11. Simple average price


12. Weighted average price
13. Moving average price
14. Inflated price
15.

Question: 1212 when prices fluctuate widely, the method that will smooth out the effect of fluctuations is

11. simple average


12. weighted average
13. FIFO
14. LIFO
15.

Question: 1213 in which of the following methods, the charge to production is at actual cost

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
214
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. Weighted average price
12. standard price
13. Replacement price
14. FIFO
15.

Question: 1294 Expected annual usage of a particular raw material is 2,00,000 units and the economic order
quantity is 10,000 units The invoice cost of each unit is RS.500 and the cost to place one order is RS.80. The
average inventory is

11. 1,00,000 units


12. 5,ooo units
13. 10,000 units
14. 7,500 units
15.

Question: 1297 taking the data in Q.3.21 above, the estimated annual ordering cost is

11. RS.1,600
12. RS.10,000
13. RS.3,200
14. RS.5,000
15.

Question: 1300 On the basis of data given in Q 3.21 above, number of orders to be placed in each year are

11. 10
12. 50
13. 20
14. 100
15.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1195 . B 1197 . D 1202 . B 1204 . C 1205 . B 1207 . B 1210 . A 1212 . B 1213 . D 1294 .
B 1297 . A 1300 . B

Question: 1300 On the basis of data given in Q 3.21 above, number of orders to be placed in each year are

11. 10
12. 50
13. 20
14. 100
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
215
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1304 when material prices are showing a rising trend, which method of pricing will show lower cost
of production

11. FIFO
12. LIFO
13. Weighted average
14. Replacement price
15.

Question: 1307 in periods of rising prices, which method of pricing shows higher stock values

11. FIFO
12. LIFO
13. Weighted average
14. Replacement price
15.

Question: 1309 in which method, prices charged to production are at the current prices prevailing in the market

11. FIFO
12. LIFO
13. Weighted average
14. Replacement price
15.

Question: 1312 when prices are showing a falling tendency, which method of pricing of material issues will
show higher closing stock value

11. FIFO
12. LIFO
13. Weighted average
14. Specific price method
15.

Question: 1313 When production is below standard specification or quality and cannot be rectified by incurring
additional cost, it is called

11. Defectives
12. Spoilage
13. Waste
14. Scrap
15.

Question: 1315 Materials losses are due to some of the following reasons

11. Fore accident


12. Theft
13. Breaking the bulk

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
216
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
14. Evaporation
15. pilferage

Question: 1319 Documents used in a material control system include the following

11. Purchase Requisition Note


12. Stores Requisition Note
13. Bill of Materials
14. Goods Received Note
15. Purchase order

Question: 1321 at what amount materials issued on 8-1-1997 will be charged if FIFO method is used

11. RS.1,550
12. RS.1,575
13. RS1,700
14. RS1,750
15.

Question: 1323 at what amount materials issued will be charged igloo method is used

11. RS.1,550
12. RS.1,575
13. RS.1,700
14. RS.1,750
15.

Question: 1325 at what amount materials issued will be charged if simple average price is used

11. RS.1,550
12. RS1,575
13. RS.1,610
14. RS.1,700
15.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1297 . A 1300 . B 1304 . A 1307 . A 1309 . D 1312 . B 1313 . B 1315 . A 1319 . D 1321
.B 1323 . C 1325 . B

Question: 1329 at what amount materials issued will be charged if weighted average price is used

11. RS.1,575
12. RS.1,610
13. RS.1,625

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
217
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
14. None of these
15.

Question: 1330 at what amount materials issued will be charged if replacement price method is used

11. RS.1,400
12. RS.1,700
13. RS.2,100
14. RS. 1,750
15.

Question: 1335 what will be the value of closing stock under FIFO method

11. RS 600
12. RS 675
13. RS 700
14. None of these
15.

Question: 1336 what will be the value of closing under LIFO method

11. RS.600
12. RS.675
13. RS.690
14. RS.750
15.

Question: 1337 what will be the value of closing stock under simple average method

11. RS.600
12. RS.690
13. RS.725
14. RS.750
15.

Question: 1339 what will be the value of closing stock if weighted average method is applied

11. RS.600
12. RS.690
13. RS.725
14. RS.750
15.

Question: 1340 what will be the value of closing stock if replacement price method if used

11. RS.100
12. RS.300
13. RS.200

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
218
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
14. None of these
15.

Question: 1344 in which of following incentive plans of wages payment, wages on time basis are NOT
guaranteed

11. Halsey plan


12. Rowan plan
13. Taylors differential piece rate system
14. Gantt's task and bonus system
15.

Question: 1427 in which of the following incentive plan of wages payment, wages on time basis are NOT
guaranteed?

11. Halsey plan


12. Rowan plan
13. Taylor's differential piece rate system
14. Gantt's task and bonus system
15.

Question: 1429 which of the following methods of wage payment is most suitable where quality and accuracy
of work is of primary importance?

11. piece rate system


12. differential piece work system
13. time rate system
14. Halsey premium system
15.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1323 . C 1325 . B 1329 . B 1330 . C 1335 . D 1336 . A 1337 . C 1339 . B 1340 . B 1344 .
C 1427 . C 1429 . B

Question: 1430 Cost of idle time arising due to non-availability of raw material is

11. charged to costing profit and loss A/C


12. charged to factory overheads
13. recovered by inflating the wage rate
14. all of these
15.

Question: 1432 when overtime is required for meeting urgent orders, overtime premium should be

11. charged to costing profit and loss A/c


12. charged to overhead costs

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
219
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
13. charged to respective jobs
14. all of these
15.

Question: 1433 Time and motion study is conducted by the

11. time keeping department


12. payroll department
13. personnel department
14. engineering department
15.

Question: 1435 Labor productivity is measured by comparing

11. actual time with standard time


12. total output with total man hours
13. added value for the product with total wage cost
14. none of the above
15.

Question: 1436 when standard outputs is 10 units per hour and actual output is 12 units per hour , the
efficiency is

11. 80%
12. 120%
13. 100%
14. none of these
15.

Question: 1438 Wages sheet is prepared by

11. time keeping department


12. payroll department
13. personnel department
14. cost accounting department
15.

Question: 1443 given that for a job, standard time is 8 hours, actual 6 hour and the time rate is Rs 2per hour
what is the total wages under halsey premium plan

11. Rs 18
12. Rs 14
13. Rs 16
14. Rs12
15.

Question: 1449 using data as given in Q. 314 above, what will be the amount of wages under time rate system

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
220
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. RS. 12
12. RS.14
13. 16
14. 18.
15.

Question: 1451 using data as given in Q. 314 above, what will be the amount of bonus under rowan plan

11.
12. RS. 2
13. RS. 3
14. RS. 4
15. None of the above

Question: 1453 using data as given in Q 3.14 above, what is the amount of bonus under Halsey plan

11. RS. 2
12. RS.3
13. RS.4
14. Nil
15.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1427 . C 1429 . B 1430 . A 1432 . C 1433 . D 1435 . D 1436 . C 1438 . C 1443 . C 1449 .
A 1451 . B 1453 . A

Question: 1457 Standard output is 100 units per day of 8 hours and the piece rates are 20 piece per unit under
Taylor's differential piece rate system, what will be amount of wages if a worker produces 95 unit in a day

11. RS.14.00
12. RS.14.25
13. 18.50
14. 19.00
15.

Question: 1459 given the data in 3.19 above, what will be the amount of wages under Taylor's differential piece
rate system, if a worker produces 101 units ohm a day

11. RS.15.15
12. RS.20.00
13. 20.15
14. 20.20
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
221
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1460 Comparing Rowan and Halsey premium plans, it is seen that when the time saved is less than
50% of the time saved,

11. Rowan plan allows more wages to a worker than Halsey plan
12. Rowan plan allows less wages to a worker than Halsey plan
13. Rowan and Halsey plan allow equal wages to a worker
14.
15.

Question: 1461 when time saved is 40% of the standard time, Halsey plan allows

11. more wages than Rowan plan


12. less wages than Rowan plan
13. equal wages as compared to Rowan plan
14.
15.

Question: 1463 Standard time is 60 hours and guaranteed time rate is 30 paisa per hour what is the amount of
wages if job is completed n 48 hours? Rowan plan is in use

11. RS.24.00
12. RS.26.80
13. RS.17.28
14. RS.20.40
15.

Question: 1464 which of the following a group incentive plans

11. priestman plan


12. Badaux plan
13. Halsey weir plan
14. All of these
15.

Question: 1466 Packing cost is

11. production cost


12. selling cost
13. distribution cost
14. It may be any of the above
15.

Question: 1468 Directors' remuneration and expenses from a part of

11. production overhead


12. selling overhead
13. administration overhead
14. distribution overhead

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
222
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
15.

Question: 1471 Salary of a foreman should be classified as a

11. fixed overhead


12. variable overhead
13. semi-fixed or semi-variable overhead
14.
15.

Question: 1472 Charging to a cost centre those overheads that result soleoy from existence of that cost centre
is known as

11. allocation
12. apportionment
13. absorption
14. allotment
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.

1451 . B 1453 . A 1457 . B 1459 . D 1460 . A 1461 . B 1463 . C 1464 . A 1466 . D 1468 .
B 1471 . C 1472 . A

Question: 1476 Absorption means

11. charging of overheads to cost centers


12. charging of overheads to cost units
13. charging of overheads to cost centers or cost units
14.
15.

Question: 1481 Administration overheads are recovered as a percentage of

11. direct materials


12. direct wages
13. prime cost
14. works cost
15.

Question: 1484 which of the following is NOT is selling overhead

11. Insurance to cover sold goods while in transit


12. Royalty on sales
13. Legal costs for debt realization
14. Distribution of samples
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
223
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1488 which method of absorption of factory overheads do you suggest in a concern which produced
only one uniform type of product

11. percentage of direct wages basis


12. Direct labor hour rate
13. Machine hour rate
14. A rate per unit of output
15. Any of the above

Question: 1490 When the amount of under-or over-absorption is significant, it should be disposed of by

11. Transferring to Costing profit and Loss A/C.


12. the use of supplementary rates
13. carrying over as a deferred charge to the next accounting year
14.
15.

Question: 1493 idle capacity of a plant refers to the difference between

11. maximum capacity and practical capacity


12. practical capacity and normal capacity
13. practical capacity and capacity based on sales expectancy
14. maximum capacity and actual capacity
15.

Question: 1496 Maximum possible productive capacity of a plant, when no operating time is lost, is its

11. practical capacity


12. Theoretical capacity
13. Normal capacity
14. Capacity based on sales expectancy
15.

Question: 1499 the capacity which is based on the long term average of the sales expectancy level is known as

11. practical capacity


12. Actual capacity
13. Normal capacity
14. None of these
15.

Question: 1502 when the amount of overhead absorbed is less than the amount of overhead incurred, it is
called

11. under-absorption of overhead


12. over-absorption of overhead
13. proper absorption of overhead
14.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
224
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
15.

Question: 1506 Bad debt is an example of

9. production overhead
10. Administration overhead
11. selling overhead
12. Distribution overhead

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1471 . C 1472 . A 1476 . B 1481 . D 1484 . A 1488 . D 1490 . B 1493 . C 1496 . C 1499 .
C 1502 . A 1506 . C

Question: 1508 Number of workers employed is used as a basis for the apportionment of

11. time office costs


12. canteen expenses
13. personnel department expenses
14. any of these
15.

Question: 1518 in which of the following methods of providing depreciation, the amount of depreciation goes
on decreasing with the age of the asset

11. Reducing balance method


12. sum of digits method
13. Annuity method
14. (a) and (b) above
15.

Question: 1544 Selling and distribution overheads are absorbed on the basis of

11. Rate per unit


12. percentage on selling price of each unit
13. Any of these
14.
15.

Question: 1549 the difference over a period of time, between actual factory overhead and absorbed factory
will usually be minimum when the predetermined overhead rate is based on

11. normal capacity


12. maximum capacity
13. direct labor hours
14. machine hours
15. none of the above

Question: 1553 A monopolies will shut down its plant in the short run if

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
225
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. It is making a loss.
12. Marginal revenue is less than marginal cost.
13. Marginal revenue less than average variable cost at all levels of output.
14. Average revenue is less than average variable cost at all levels of output.
15. Average revenue is less than marginal cost at all levels of output.

Question: 1555 A company found that the differences in product costs resulting from the application of pre-
determined overhead rates rather than actual overhead rates were immaterial even though actual production
was substantially less than planned production the most likely explanation is that

11. factory overhead was mainly composed of variable costs


12. several products were produced simultaneously
13. fixed factory overhead was a significant cost
14. costs of factory overhead items were substantially larger than anticipated
15.

Question: 1560 Under-absorbed factory overhead costs are

11. excess variable factory overhead costs


12. factory cost not allocated to units produced
13. fixed factory costs not allocated to unit produced
14. cost that cannot be controlled
15. None of the above

Question: 1567 if a per-determined factory overhead rate is not employed and the volume of production is
reduced from the level planned, the cost per unit would be expected to

11. remain unchanged for fixed costs and increase for variable costs
12. increase for fixed cost and remain unchanged for variable costs
13. increase for fixed costs and decrease for variable costs
14. decrease for fixed costs and decrease for variable costs
15.

Question: 1569 the least suitable basis for applying overhead is

11. materials consumed


12. direct labor cost
13. direct labor hours
14. machine hours
15.

Question: 1571 Excess plant capacity means

9. temporary idleness of plant


10. greater production capacity than a company can use
11. the difference between theoretical capacity and actual capacity
12.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
226
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1508 . D 1518 . D 1544 . D 1549 . A 1553 . D 1555 . C 1560 . E 1567 . B 1569 . A 1571 .
B

Question: 1571 Excess plant capacity means

11. temporary idleness of plant


12. greater production capacity than a company can use
13. the difference between theoretical capacity and actual capacity
14.
15.

Question: 1573 the concept of ideal capacity of plant as used in cost accounting is its

11. theoretical maximum capacity


12. Best capacity for normal production.
13. Capacity used for standard setting.
14. Capacity below which production should not fall.
15.

Question: 1580 pre-determined overhead recovery rate is Rs 3 per hour and pre-determined hours are 50,000
Actual hours worked are 55,000 and actual overhead Rs 1,70,000. What is the amount of under or over-
absorption of overhead

11. RS.20000 over-absorption


12. RS. 20,000 over-absorption
13. RS.5000 under-absorption
14. RS.5,000 over-absorption
15.

Question: 1583 in Q. 3.34, what is the amount of pre-determined overhead

11. RS.1,50,000
12.
13. rs.1,65,000
14. cannot be computed
15. None of these

Question: 1585 what is the amount of absorbed overhead in Q 3.34

11. RS. 1,50,000


12. RS. 1,65,000
13. RS. 15,000
14. RS 20,000
15.

Question: 1592 In Q 3,37, which method should be used to treat under/over absorbed amount in cost accounts

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
227
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. Tr. to costing P& L A/c
12. Use of supplementary rate
13. Carry over to next year
14. Any of the above
15.

Question: 1594 In Q 3.37, what is the predetermined number of machine hours

11. 16,000
12. 12,000
13. Cannot be known
14. None of these
15.

Question: 1599 A machine purchased for Rs 20,000 is discarded because of obsolescence and sold for Rs 5,000
after three years of service, resulting in a loss of Rs 3,000.This loss should be

11. treated as production cost


12. transferred to costing P& L A/c in the year of sale
13. spread over the years of the remaining expected life of the machine
14. Either(b)or(c)
15.

Question: 1603 the principal factors to be considered on designing a cost system include

11. Manufacturing process


12. desires of management
13. nature of business
14. company organization structure
15. all of the above

Question: 1606 the most suitable cost system where the products differ in type of materials used and work
performed is

11. job costing


12. Batch costing
13. operating costing
14. None of these
15.

Question: 1609 in shoe manufacture, the most suitable cost system is

11. job costing


12. Batch costing
13. Contract costing
14. None of these
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
228
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.

1573 . A 1580 . C 1583 . A 1585 . B 1592 . B 1594 . B 1599 . B 1603 . E 1606 . A 1609 .
B

Question: 1606 the most suitable cost system where the products differ in type of materials used and work
performed is

11. job costing


12. Batch costing
13. operating costing
14. None of these
15.

Question: 1609 in shoe manufacture, the most suitable cost system is

11. job costing


12. Batch costing
13. Contract costing
14. None of these
15.

Question: 1611 job costing is used in

11. Repair shops


12. printing presses
13. Furniture making
14. Automobile garages
15. All of these

Question: 1613 Most of the expenses are direct in

11. job costing


12. batch costing
13. contract costing
14. All of these
15.

Question: 1616 when a contract is not completed at the end of the accounting year, profit on incomplete
contract is

11. transferred to profit and loss Account


12. transferred to reserve
13. transferred profit to profit and loss Account and partly to reserve
14.
15.

Question: 1618 when a contract is not completed at the end of the year, loss on incomplete contract is

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
229
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. transferred to profit and loss Account
12. transferred to work-in-progress
13. transferred partly to profit and Loss Account and partly to work-in progress
14.
15.

Question: 1622 when contract id 40% complete, the amount of profit to be taken credit for is usually

11. the amount of profit estimated


12. 40% the estimated profit
13. 1/3of the estimate profit multiplied by cash ratio
14.
15.

Question: 1627 in contract accounts, the amount of work-in-progress consists of

11. cost of work uncompleted


12. cost of work uncompleted
13. the amount of profit not transferred to profit and Loss Account
14. (a) and(B) above
15. (a)(b) and(C)

Question: 1630 cost-plus contract is usually entered in to those where

11. cost can be easily estimated


12. it is not possible to compute the cost in advance with a reasonable degree of accuracy
13. contractor wants to earn a higher amount of profit
14.
15.

Question: 1631 Contract price is not fixed in case of

11. Cost-plus contracts


12. Escalation clause
13. De-escalation clause
14. All of the above
15.

Question: 1632 Contract price is not fixed in case of

11. Cost-plus contracts


12. Escalation clause
13. De-escalation clause
14. All of the above
15.

Question: 1633 Cost plus contract is useful from the point view of

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
230
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. contractor
12. contracted
13. both contractor and contractee
14.
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1606 . A 1609 . B 1611 . E 1613 . C 1616 . C 1618 . A 1622 . C 1627 . E 1630 . B 1631 .
D 1632 . D 1633 . C

Question: 1633 Cost plus contract is useful from the point view of

11. contractor
12. contractee
13. both contractor and contractee
14.
15.

Question: 1634 In contract costing, contract account is prepared by the

11. contractor
12. contractee
13. both by contractor and contractee
14.
15.

Question: 1635 In a building contract of Rs. 2,40,000, at the end of the work certified is Rs. 1,60,000 and
estimated profit is Rs. 15,000. what is the amount of profit to be credited to profit and LOSS Account assuming
cash ratio is 80%

11. RS.15,000
12. RS. 12,000
13. RS. 8,000
14.
15.

Question: 1636 Economic batch quantity is that size of the batch of production where

11. average cost is minimum


12. total cost is minimum
13. set-up cost of machine is minimum
14. carrying cost is minimum
15.

Question: 1637 Production order means

11. an order received from a customer for the production of a specific item
12. instructions to the shops to proceed with the production of the product

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
231
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
13. an order to the store-keeper to issue necessary materials for production
14.
15.

Question: 1638 In contract costing, valuation of which of the following does not include an element of profit

11. work in progress certified


12. work in progress uncertified
13. Both(a) and(b)
14. Neither(a)nor(b)
15.

Question: 1641 A contract of RS.5,00,000 is 55% complete as certified it shows a notional loss of RS 20,000.
Accounting treatment of this loss is

11. Transfer 2/3 of this loss to P&L A/c


12. Transfer 2/3 X cash ratio of this loss to P&L A/c
13. Transfer 55% of this loss to P&L A/c
14. Transfer entire amount of loss to P&L A/c
15.

Question: 1652 Direct cost chargeable to contract does not include

11. Materials
12. Labor
13. Supervision
14. Storage lost
15. both(c)and (d)

Question: 1655 Which of the following items is not written on the credit side of the contract account

11. work in progress-certified and uncertified


12. Materials returned
13. Cash received from contractee
14. plant at site
15.

Question: 1659 The type of process loss that should not affect the cost of inventories is

11. abnormal loss


12. normal loss
13. seasonal loss
14. standard loss
15.

Question: 1663 During Jan. 1997, Marconi L.t.d. had total manufacturing cost of Rs.1,80,000. The business
completed 14,000 units of product, of which 4,000 units were half completed in Dec 1996 and started
production on an additional 6,000 units that production cost per unit was

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
232
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
9. RS.18
10. RS.16.36
11. RS.12
12. RS.9

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1634 . A 1635 . C 1636 . B 1637 . B 1638 . B 1641 . D 1652 . D 1655 . C 1659 . A 1663
.C

Question: 1668 100 units are introduced in a process in which normal loss is 15 units If actual output is also 100
units, than there is

11. no abnormal loss or abnormal gain


12. an abnormal loss
13. an abnormal gain
14.
15.

Question: 1670 50 units are processed at a total cost of RS.80, normal loss being 10% Each unit carries a scrap
value of 25 paisa. If output is 40 units, the value of abnormal loss will be

11. RS. 1.25


12. RS.8.00
13. RS.8.75
14. RS.8.88.
15.

Question: 1676 Given the data in Q.3.5 above, the normal cost of unit is

11. RS.0.25
12. RS.1.60
13. RS.1.78
14. RS.1.75
15.

Question: 1678 A factories transferred out 8,800 completed and closing stock was 800 units 50% completed.
Assuming FIFO method, the equivalent production during the period was

11. 8,900 units


12. 9,100 units
13. 9,300 units
14. 9,500 units
15.

Question: 1682 in a factory, the equivalent production (using FIFO method) was 7,500 units during a period
which had 500 units 60% complete on hand at the start and 600 units 75% complete at the end of the period.
How many units were introduced during the period

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
233
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. 6,750
12. 6,850
13. 7,050
14. 7,150
15.

Question: 1685 An under-statement of ending work-in-progress inventory will

11. understate cost of goods produced


12. understate net profit
13. overstate gross profit
14. overstate current assets
15.

Question: 1688 An over-statement of beginning work-in-progress inventory will

11. understate cost of goods sold


12. understate the profit
13. overstate net profit
14. overstate gross profit
15.

Question: 1689 When units are lost at end of the production process, the cost is charged to

11. factory overhead


12. selling expense
13. work-in-progress
14. completed units
15.

Question: 1691 The term Economic Batch Quantity is used in relation to

11. Operating costing


12. Batch costing
13. process costing
14. Unit costing
15.

Question: 1698 Input in a process is 4,000 units and normal loss is 20%. When finished output in the process is
only 3240 units, there is an

11. abnormal loss of 40 units


12. abnormal gain of 40 units
13. neither abnormal loss nor abnormal gain
14.
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
234
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1668 . C 1670 . C 1676 . D 1678 . A 1682 . B 1685 . B 1688 . B 1689 . D 1691 . B 1698 .
B

Question: 1700 In Q.3.14 further assuming scrap value of loss is RS.5 per unit, the amount of sales from scrap is

11. RS.3,800
12. RS. 4,000
13. RS. 200
14. None of these
15.

Question: 1704 Further assuming (in Q. 3.14 and Q 3.15) the cost assigned to abnormal gain of 40 units is RS.
280, the amount to be transferred to costing profit and loss account

11. RS.280
12. RS.200
13. RS.80
14. RS.360
15.

Question: 1705 Hopeless Company, which uses FIFO method in process costing, began the current year with
300 units 50% completed, transferred out 5,000 completed units during the year ended with 500 units 70%
completed Equivalent production for the period was

11. 5,000
12. 4,700
13. 5,200
14. 5,800
15.

Question: 1706 Classification and accumulation of costs by fixed and variable costs is of special importance in

11. process costing


12. unit costing
13. operation costing
14. operating costing
15. none of these

Question: 1708 Joint product manufacturing is fundamental in

11. automobile industry


12. oil refineries
13. engineering company
14. All of the above
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
235
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1709 Individual products, each of a significant sales value, produced simultaneously from the same
raw material, should be known as

11. by-products
12. main products
13. joint products
14. common products
15.

Question: 1712 Total manufacturing costs are divided by the total number of units produced to obtain a cost
per unit under the

11. average unit cost method


12. sales value method
13. physical unit measurement method
14.
15.

Question: 1714 which of the following are virtually always subsequent costs

11. raw material costs


12. direct labor costs
13. selling and distribution cost
14. None of these
15.

Question: 1720 When by-products are of small total value, its accounting should by

11. apportioning a part of joint cost to by-products


12. realizable value of by-products should be treated as miscellaneous income and transferred to P&L A/c
13. realizable value of by-products should be apportioned over the main products
14. Any of these
15.

Question: 1723 Net realizable value of by-products at the split off point should be calculated by reverse cost
method when

11. BY products are of small total value


12. BY-products are of considerable sales value
13. BY-products require further processing for their sale
14.
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1700 . A 1704 . C 1705 . C 1706 . D 1708 . B 1709 . C 1712 . A 1714 . C 1720 . B 1723 .
C

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
236
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 1723 Net realizable value of by-products at the split off point should be calculated by reverse cost
method when

11. BY products are of small total value


12. BY-products are of considerable sales value
13. BY-products require further processing for their sale
14.
15.

Question: 1729 Cost per unit is the average cost is applicable in

11. Job costing


12. Operating costing
13. Multiple costing
14. Contract costing
15.

Question: 1732 Trimmings in timber industry should be treated as a

11. waste
12. scrap
13. by-product
14. joint product
15.

Question: 1735 Which of the following methods of accounting of by-products should be applied when the by-
product is to be utilized in the undertaking itself as material for some other process

11. sales value method


12. Other income method
13. Opportunity cost method
14.
15. Reverse cost method

Question: 1737 Credit is given to the process account at a pre-determined value of the by-product under the

11. Standard cost method


12. opportunity cost method
13. Reserve cost method
14. sales value method
15.

Question: 1742 The primary purpose of apportioning joint costs of a processing centre to various products
produced is to

11. develop accurate processing cost variances product-wise


12. report more correct standard product costs for comparative analysis
13. establish inventor cost assigned to unsold units

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
237
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
14. record accurate cost of sales by product lines
15. None of the above

Question: 1823 Given: input 1,000 units, Cost production RS 1,850 per Normal loss 10% of input, Actual loss 50
units, Scrap value Rs 0.50 per unit. What is the abnormal loss/gain

11. 50 units abnormal loss


12. 50 units abnormal gain
13. 100 units abnormal gain
14. 100 units abnormal loss
15.

Question: 1826 In Q3.35,what is the cost per unit

11. Rs. 2.18


12. Rs. 2.05
13. Rs. 2
14. RS. 1.89
15.

Question: 1828 Output of a process was 2,500 units, normal loss is 10% of input and abnormal loss 200 units.
How many units were introduced in the process

11. 2,700
12. 3,000
13. 3,200
14. 3,500
15.

Question: 1842 In Q 3.37, What is the quantity of total loss

11.
12. 2700 units
13. 300 units
14. 350 units
15. 500 units

Question: 1843 when quantity sold is 18,000 units, opening stock 2,000 units and closing stock 3,000 units,
what is the quantity produced

11. 16,000 units


12. 17,000 units
13. 19,000 units
14. 20,000 units
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
238
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1729 . B 1732 . B 1735 . C 1737 . A 1742 . D 1823 . An 1826 . C 1828 . B 1842 . D 1843
.C

Question: 1845 A transport company is running 3 bases with 50 passengers each, covering a distance of 100 km
daily. what is the number of passenger km. per day

11. 5,000
12. 300
13. 15,000
14. 150
15.

Question: 1847 Cost and financial accounts are reconciled under

11. Integral system


12. Non-integral system
13. Under both (a)and (b)
14. None of these
15.

Question: 1852 Which of the following accounts make the cost ledger self-balancing

11. overhead adjustment account


12. Costing P.& L. account
13. Cost Ledger control account
14. None of the above
15.

Question: 1855 Costing profit and Loss account does not record the

11. sales value of goods


12. balance of overhead adjustment account
13. balance of cost of sales account
14. balance of stores ledger control account
15.

Question: 1866 Purchases for special jobs is debited to

11. Work-in-progress ledger control account


12. Cost ledger control account
13. Stores ledger control
14.
15.

Question: 1871 Integral accounts eliminate the necessity of operating

11. Cost Ledger Control account

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
239
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
12. stores ledger control account
13. Overhead adjustment account
14. All of these
15.

Question: 1874 Which of the following items is not included in cost accounts

11. Interest received on bank deposits


12. Dividend paid on share capital
13. Damages payable at law
14. Debenture interest
15. all of these

Question: 1879 Which following items is included in cost accounts

11. Transfer to general reserve


12. Notional rent
13. Rent receivable
14. None of the above
15.

Question: 1885 When costing loss is RS. 5,600, administrative overhead under-absorbed being RS. 400, the loss
as per financial accounts should be

11. RS. 5,600


12. RS.6,000
13. RS. 5,200
14.
15.

Question: 1889 Depreciation charged in costing is RS.12,500 and in financial books is RS.11,200.What will be
the financial profit when costing profit is RS.5,000

11. RS. 5,000


12. RS. 3,700
13. RS. 6,300
14.
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1845 . B 1847 . B 1852 . C 1855 . D 1866 . A 1871 . A 1874 . E 1879 . C 1885 . B 1889 .
C

Question: 1891 Profit as per financial books is Rs. 72,000.What will be the profit as per costing books when
selling and distribution expenses, actual as well as predetermined, are RS. 2,500

11. RS. 72,000


12. RS.70,500

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
240
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
13. RS. 69,500
14.
15.

Question: 1895 Which of the following items is not included in financial books

11. Heavy donations


12. Loss on the sale of fixed assets
13. Notional rent
14. Interest on borrowed capital
15. all of these

Question: 1897 Which of the following items shall be added to costing profit to arrive at financial profit

11. Under-absorption of words overhead


12. Interest on debentures paid
13. Rent receivable
14. Income tax paid
15. All of the above

Question: 1913 Which of the following account will always have debit balance

11. Overhead adjustment account


12. work in progress ledger control account
13. Cost ledger control account.
14. Factory overhead control account
15.

Question: 1916 The amount of total direct labor cost that should have been charged to all the individual
production orders worked on during January should be

11. RS. 40,000


12. RS. 33,000
13. RS. 41,000
14. RS. 55,000
15. RS. 30,000

Question: 1918 The January 31 balance of work in progress control account should be

11. RS. 36,000


12. RS. 75,000
13. RS.76,000
14. RS. 77,000
15. RS. 35,000

Question: 1919 The January 31 balance of finish Goods Control Account should be

11. RS. 25,000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
241
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
12. RS. 20,000
13. RS. 5,000
14. RS. 10,000
15. RS. 30,000

Question: 1932 The cost of goods sold during January was

11. RS. 40,000


12. RS. 10,000
13. RS. 20,000
14. RS. 30,000
15. RS. 50,000

Question: 1943 The amount of under-applied or over-applied cost for January

11. Under-applied by RS. 1,000


12. under-applied by rs. 2,000
13. over-applied by RS. 1,000
14. Over-applied by RS. 2,000
15. Neither under-applied nor over-applied

Question: 1955 in flexible budgeting

11. statements included in the budget report vary from period to period
12. budget standards may be adjusted at will
13. reporting dates vary according to the activity level reported upon
14. planned activity level is adjusted to the actual activity level before the budget comparison report is
prepared
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1891 . A 1895 . C 1897 . C 1913 . B 1916 . B 1918 . A 1919 . E 1932 . C 1943 . B 1955 .
D

Question: 1963 The fixed-variable cost classification has a special significance in the preparation of

11. Flexible budget


12. Master budget
13. cash budget
14. capital budget
15.

Question: 1966 If a company wishes to establish a factory overhead budget system in levels, it should prepare a

11. Flexible budget


12. Master budget
13. cash budget
14. Fixed budget

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
242
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
15.

Question: 1968 Of little or no relevance in evaluating the performance of an activity would be

11. Flexible budget


12. Flexed budget
13. difference between planned and actual results
14. planning and control of activities
15.

Question: 1994 The budget for a specific activity level during a year was Rs. 50,000, while actual costs for the
same period was Rs. 45,000. Considering these facts, it can be said that the plant manager has done a better
than expected job in controlling the costs if

11. the cost is variable and actual production was 80% of budgeted production
12. the cost is variable and actual production was 90% of budgeted production
13. the cost is variable and actual production equaled budgeted production
14.
15.

Question: 1997 THE budget that is set first and all the other budgets are subordinate to it, is

11. Cash budget


12. Master budget
13. capital expenditure budget
14. Budget for the key factor
15. sales budget

Question: 1999 The success of a flexible budget depends upends upon careful study and classification of
expenses into

11. historical and predetermined


12. manufacturing, administrative and selling is
13. fixed, variable and semi-variable
14.
15.

Question: 2000 one of the most important tools of cost planning is

11. cost sheet


12. unit cost
13. direct cost
14. budget
15.

Question: 2001 A is a prediction of what will happen as a result of a given set of circumstances

11. Forecast

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
243
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
12. Budget
13. Marginal cost
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2002 A budget which lays more stress on control aspect is a an

11. operating budget


12. responsibility budget
13. flexible budget
14. financial budget
15.

Question: 2003 which of the following is usually a long-term budget

9. Sales budget
10. cash budget
11. capital expenditure budget
12. fixed budget

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
1963 . A 1966 . A 1968 . D 1994 . C 1997 . D 1999 . C 2000 . D 2001 . A 2002 . B 2003
.C

Question: 2004 A budget representing fixed assets expenditure during the budget period is

11. Fixed budget


12. Capital expenditure budget
13. Long term cash budget
14. Master budget
15.

Question: 2005 The budgeted fixed cost is

11. RS. 30,000


12. RS. 40,000
13. RS. 50,000
14. RS. 80,000
15.

Question: 2006 The standard volume per month on which the budgeted overhead rate is based is

11. 3,000 tons


12. 5,000 tons
13. RS. 5,500 tons
14. 7,000 tons
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
244
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2008 The budgeted fixed overhead cost per ton is

11. RS. 10
12. RS. 20
13. RS.21.36
14. RS. 17.14
15.

Question: 2009 The amount of overhead absorbed in March is

11. RS. 80,000


12. RS. 1,20,000
13. RS. 1,10,000
14. RS. 1,17,500
15.

Question: 2010 The expenditure variance in March is

11. RS. 7,500(A)


12. RS.12,500(A)
13. RS. 10,000(A)
14. Nil
15.

Question: 2011 Total overhead variance in March is

11. RS. 7,500


12. RS. 12,500
13. RS. 10,000
14. RS. 20,000
15.

Question: 2012 What is the raw material cost per unit at the actual production level

11. RS. 10.08


12. RS. 16.80
13. RS. 8.40
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2013 What is the total cost of direct labor at actual production level

11. RS. 3,00.000


12. RS. 2,40,000
13. None of these
14.
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
245
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2014 What is the fixed works overhead total amount when output of 1,00,000 units

9. RS. 4,00,000
10. RS. 2,40,000
11. RS. 6,00,000
12. None of these

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2004 . B 2005 . C 2006 . B 2008 . A 2009 . C 2010 . B 2011 . A 2012 . A 2013 . C 2014 .
B

Question: 2015 What is the fixed works overhead per unit when output is 60,000 units

11. RS. 6
12. RS. 7
13. RS. 8
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2016 What is the variable works overhead per unit at actual production level

11. RS. 4
12. RS. 3
13. RS. 2
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2017 what is the total administrative overhead per unit at actual production level

11. RS. 2.45


12. RS 1.90
13. RS. 1,60
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2018 what is the total selling overhead per unit at 60,000 output

11. RS 0.80
12. RS 0.90
13. RS 1.07
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2019 what is the prime cost at 60,000 output level

11. RS 13.58

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
246
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
12. RS 13.48
13. RS.18.00
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2042 production required in the month of July 1996 is

11. 1,100 units


12. 1,150 units
13. 1,350 units
14. None of the above
15.

Question: 2045 production required in the month of August 1996 is

11. 1,100 units


12. 1,150 units
13. 1,350 units
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2048 production required in the month of September 1996 is

11. 1,400 units


12. 1,150 units
13. 1,850 units
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2049 production required in the month of October 1996 is

11. 1,800 units


12. 2,000 units
13. 2,200 units
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2051 production required in the month of November 1996 is

9. 1,800 units
10. 2,200 units
11. 2,400 units
12. None of these

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2015 . D 2016 . A 2017 . A 2018 . C 2019 . B 2042 . A 2045 . D 2048 . B 2049 . C 2051
.C

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
247
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2052 production required in the month of December 1996 is

11. 1,800 units


12. 2,200 units
13. 2,400 units
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2054 production required for the six months ending December 1996 is

11. 11,000 units


12. 2,200 units
13. 2,400 units
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2057 Closing stock at the end of December will be

11. 1,000 units


12. 1,100 units
13. 1,150 units
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2060 The cost of product as determined under standard cost system is

11. fixed cost


12. historical cost
13. direct cost
14. pre-determined cost
15.

Question: 2061 In evaluating deviations of actual from standard cost, the probable technique used is

11. variable regression


12. variance analysis
13. trend analysis
14. linear progression
15.

Question: 2063 The type of standard that is best suited from cost control point of views is

11. Theoretical standard


12. Expected standard
13. Normal standard
14. Basic standard
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
248
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2069 which of the following standards can be attained under the most favorable conditions possible

11. Theoretical standard


12. Expected standard
13. Normal standard
14. Basic standard
15.

Question: 2071 one purpose of standard costs may be described as

11. promoting and measuring performance


12. setting costs of manufacture
13. controlling and reducing costs
14. simplifying production operations
15.

Question: 2072 A company using theoretical standard cost system should expect that

11. most variances will be strongly motivated to attain the standards


12. employees will be strongly motivated to attain the standards
13. a large incentive bonus will be paid
14. costs will be controlled better if lower standards were used
15.

Question: 2077 A company controls its production costs by comparing its actual monthly production cost with
the expected levels. Any significant deviations from these expected levels are investigated and evaluated as a
basis for corrective action. The quantitative technique that is most probably being used is

9. time series or trend regression analysis


10. differential calculus
11. standard cost variance analysis
12. correlation analysis

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2052 . D 2054 . B 2057 . A 2060 . D 2061 . B 2063 . B 2069 . A 2071 . C 2072 . A 2077 .
C

Question: 2077 A company controls its production costs by comparing its actual monthly production cost with
the expected levels. Any significant deviations from these expected levels are investigated and evaluated as a
basis for corrective action. The quantitative technique that is most probably being used is

11. time series or trend regression analysis


12. differential calculus
13. standard cost variance analysis
14. correlation analysis
15.

Question: 2080 In standard costing system, labor rate variance is obtained by multiplying the

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
249
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. actual rate by the difference between actual hours and standard hours
12. actual hours by the difference between actual rate and standard rate
13. standard rate by the difference between standard hours and actual hours
14.
15.

Question: 2082 if standard hours are 400 @Re 1 per hour and actual hours are 380 @ Rs. 1.25 per hour, the
labor rate variance is

11. Rs. 20(Favorable)


12. RS.25(FAVOURABLE)
13. RS. 100(Adverse)
14. RS. 95 (Adverse)
15. None of these

Question: 2084 Labor efficiency variance in the above Q.3.10 is

11. RS. 20(Favorable)


12. RS. 25(Favorable)
13. RS. 100 (unfavorable)
14. RS. 95 (unfavorable)
15. None of these

Question: 2092 in standard costing, the material price variance is obtained by multiplying the

11. actual price by the difference between actual quantity purchased and standard quantity allowed
12. actual quantity consumed by the difference between actual price and standard price
13. standard price by the difference between standard quantity purchased and standard quantity allowed
14. standard quantity by the difference between actual price and standard price
15.

Question: 2101 if actual material cost is 900 units at Rs. 8 per unit and standard material cost in 1,000 units at
RS. 6 per unit, the material cost variance is

11. RS. 2,400 (Favorable)


12. RS. 2,400(Adverse)
13. R.s. 1,200 (Favorable)
14. RS. 1,200 (Adverse)
15.

Question: 2102 The material price variance in the above Q. 3.13 is

11. RS. 600(Favorable)


12. RS. 1,200(Adverse)
13. RS. 1,800(Adverse)
14. RS. 2,400(Favorable)
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
250
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2103 Material usage variance in the above Q. 3.13 is

11. RS.600(Favorable)
12. Rs. 1,000(Adverse)
13. RS. 1,800(Adverse)
14. R.s. 2,400(Favorable)
15.

Question: 2106 standard costing will produce the same financial statement results as actual or conventional
costing when standard cost variances are distributed to

11. cost of goods sold


12. income or Expense account
13. cost of goods sold and inventory
14. a balance sheet account
15.

Question: 2107 Material mix variance is a sun-variance of

11. Material cost variance


12. Material price variance
13. Material quantity variance
14. Material yield variance
15.

Question: 2109 Material cost variance is RS. 550(A) and material price variance RS. 150(F), the material usage
variance should be

9. RS. 400(A)
10. RS. 700(A)
11. RS. 400(F)
12. RS. 700(F)

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2072 . A 2077 . C 2080 . B 2082 . D 2084 . A 2092 . B 2101 . D 2102 . C 2103 . A 2106 .
C 2107 . C 2109 . B

Question: 2110 Overhead Budget variance is a sub-variance of

11. overhead volume variance


12. overhead efficiency variance
13. overhead cost variance
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2111 idle time a variance is a sub-variance of

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
251
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. overhead efficiency variance
12. Labor cost variance
13. Labor time variance
14. Labor efficiency variance
15.

Question: 2112 Material price variance is Rs. 300(A), material mix variance RS. 150(A) and material sub-usage
variance is RS. 50(A). The material cost variance is

11. RS. 400(A)


12. RS. 450(A)
13. RS. 500(A)
14. cannot be computed
15.

Question: 2113 in Q.322 above, the material quantity variance is

11. RS. 50(A)


12. RS. 100(A)
13. RS. 300(A)
14. RS. 250(A)
15.

Question: 2114 Overhead budget variance is RS. 700(A), overhead efficiency variance is RS. 300(F).what is the
amount of variable overhead cost variance

11. RS. 1,000(F)


12. RS. 400(A)
13. RS. 400(F)
14. RS. 1,000(A)
15.

Question: 2115 The type of variance not computed for factory overhead is

11. controllable
12. volume
13. equivalent production
14. idle capacity
15.

Question: 2116 standard costing can be used along with

11. Marginal costing


12. Absorption costing
13. job and process costing
14. All of the above
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
252
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2117 standard cost are useful in all of the following except

11. reducing costs


12. speeding up preparation of operating reports
13. establishing records
14. costing inventories
15.

Question: 2118 At the end of a financial year Hot shot company had several substantial variances from
standard variable manufacturing costs the one for which there is the strongest justification for allocation
between inventories and cost of goods sold is the one attributable to

11. additional costs of raw materials acquired under a speculative purchase contract
12. a breakdown of equipment
13. increased labor rates won by the union as a result of strike during the year
14. overestimates of production activity for the period resulting from failure to predict an unusual decline
in the market for the company' s product
15.

Question: 2119 controllable variances are best disposed of by transferring to

9. cost of goods sold


10. inventories of work-in progress and finished goods
11. cost of goods sold and inventories
12. costing profit and Loss A/c

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2107 . C 2109 . B 2110 . C 2111 . D 2112 . A 2113 . B 2114 . B 2115 . C 2116 . D 2117 .
C 2118 . C 2119 . D

Question: 2120 Uncontrollable variances are best disposed of by transferring to

11. cost of goods sold


12. inventories of work-in -progress and finished goods
13. cost of goods sold and inventories
14. costing profit and Loss A/c
15.

Question: 2126 overhead cost variance may be analyzed into

11. two variances


12. three variances
13. four three variances
14. any of the above
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
253
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2127 Which of the following statement best explains the difference between standard costing and
budgetary controls

11. Budget is a projection of financial accounts whereas standard cost is a projection of cost accounts
12. variances are analyzed under standard costing but not under budgetary control
13. The budget, as a statement of expected costs, is used for forecasting of finance, if certain performances
are achieved
14. Budgetary control is more intensive than standard costing
15.

Question: 2128 Fixed overhead expenditure variance is the difference between

11. Budgeted overhead and actual overhead


12. Standard overhead and actual overhead
13. Absorbed overhead and budgeted overhead
14. Absorbed overhead and standard overhead
15.

Question: 2129 Variable overhead expenditure variance is the difference between

11. Budgeted overhead and actual overhead


12. Standard overhead and actual overhead
13. Absorbed overhead and budgeted overhead
14. Absorbed overhead and standard overhead
15.

Question: 2130 Calendar variance is a sub-variance of

11. Expenditure variance


12. Efficiency variance
13. variable overhead cost variance
14. volume variance
15.

Question: 2131 Total sales margin variance is the difference between

11. Actual profit and standard profit


12. Actual profit and budgeted profit
13. Actual sales and budgeted sales
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2132 which of the following variance id always adverse

11. sales margin mix variance


12. Fixed overhead capacity
13. idle time variance
14. None of these

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
254
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
15.

Question: 2133 which of the following variances is always favorable

11. overhead volume variance


12. sales value mix variance
13. calendar variance
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2134 sales volume variance is RS 9,000(F)and sales value variance is RS 5,000(F). what are the sales
price variance RS 5,000(F)what is the sales price variance

11. RS. 14,000(F)


12. RS. 4,000(A)
13. RS. 4,000(F)
14. None of these
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2120 . C 2126 . D 2127 . C 2128 . A 2129 . B 2130 . D 2131 . B 2132 . D 2133 . D 2134 .
B

Question: 2135 Fixed overhead cost variance is expenditure variance is RS 200(A), calendar variance RS
500(F).what is the volume variance

11. RS. 2,700(A)


12. RS. 1,900(A)
13. Rs. 2,200(A),
14. Rs. 2,500(f)
15.

Question: 2136 what is the material price variance as per Q. 3.41

11. RS 400(F)
12. RS 400(A)
13. RS 440(F)
14. RS 440(A)
15.

Question: 2137 What is the material quantity variance in Q 3.41

11. RS 960(A)
12. RS 960(f)
13. RS 1,000(A)
14. RS 1,000(F)
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
255
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2138 The material price variance in Q 3.46 is

11. RS. 100(Adverse)


12. RS. 100(Favorable)
13. RS. 110(Adverse)
14. RS. 110(Favorable)
15. None of the preceding responses is correct

Question: 2139 Material mixture variance in Q 3,46 is

11. Rs 110(Adverse)
12. RS. 100 (Favorable)
13. RS. 210(Adverse)
14. Rs. 408 (FAVOURABLE)
15. cannot be computed from the given data

Question: 2140 Labor efficiency variance in Q 3,46 is

11. ES. 152(Adverse)


12. RS. 560(Favorable)
13. RS. 560(Adverse)
14. RS 480(Favorable)
15.

Question: 2141 Labor rate variance in Q3.46 is

11. RS. 152(Adverse)


12. Rs. 560(Favorable)
13. RS. 560(Adverse)
14. RS. 480(Favorable)
15.

Question: 2142 Labor cost variance in Q 3.46 is

11. RS. 560(Favorable)


12. RS. 560(Adverse)
13. RS. 152(Adverse)
14. RS. 408(Adverse)
15. none of the preceding responses is correct

Question: 2143 in Q 3.53, what is the expenditure variance

11. RS. 2,000(A)


12. RS 4,000(A)
13. RS 2,000(F)
14. RS 4,000(F)
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
256
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2144 In Q 3.53, what is the volume variance

9. RS 2,000(A)
10. RS 4,000(A)
11. RS6,000(A)
12. RS 8,000(A)

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2135 . C 2136 . C 2137 . C 2138 . E 2139 . E 2140 . B 2141 . A 2142 . E 2143 . A 2144 .
C

Question: 2145 Contribution margin is also known as

11. marginal income


12. gross profit
13. net income
14. new profit
15.

Question: 2146 product costs under marginal costing include

11. prime costs only


12. prime costs and variable overhead
13. prime costs and fixed overhead
14. material cost and variable overhead
15.

Question: 2147 Period costs are

11. variable costs


12. fixed costs
13. prime cost
14. overhead costs
15.

Question: 2148 One of the primary differences between marginal costing absorption costing is regarding the
treatment of

11. direct materials


12. variable overheads
13. fixed overheads
14. prime cost
15.

Question: 2149 A costing method in which the fixed factory overheads are added to inventory valuation is

11. direct costing


12. marginal costing

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
257
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
13. absorption costing
14. none of these
15.

Question: 2150 Profit shown by absorption costing will tend to exceed profit shown by marginal costing
method if

11. units produced exceed units sold


12. variable manufacturing costs decreases
13. units sold exceeds units produced
14. fixed manufacturing costs decrease
15.

Question: 2151 Absorption costing differs from marginal costing in the

11. fact that standard costs can be used with absorption costing but not with marginal costing
12. amount of fixed costs that will be incurred
13. kinds of activities for which each can be used
14. amount of costs assigned to individual units of products
15.

Question: 2152 Under the marginal costing concept, unit product cost would most likely be increased by

11. a decrease in the number of units produced


12. an increase in the number of units produced
13. an increase in the commission paid to salesman for each unit sold
14. an increase in the remaining useful life of factory machinery depreciated on written down value
method
15.

Question: 2153 Contribution margin is equal to

11. sales - fixed cost - profit


12. profit + variable cost
13. fixed cost - loss
14. none of the above
15.

Question: 2154 Reporting under marginal costing is accomplished by

11. eliminating the work in progress inventory account


12. including only variable costs in income statement
13. matching variable costs against revenue and treating fixed costs as period costs
14. treating all costs as period costs
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
258
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
C 2145 . A 2146 . B 2147 . B 2148 . C 2149 . C 2150 . A 2151 . D 2152 . C 2153 .
C 2154 . C

Question: 2155 Profit / Volume ratio is an indicator of

11. the volume of sales


12. the volume of profit
13. the rate at which goods are sold
14. the of profit
15. all of these

Question: 2156 There will be no difference in profit as shown by marginal costing and that of absorption
costing when

11. opening and closing stock of finished goods remain constant


12. closing stock of finished goods is more than it s opening stock
13. opening stock of finished goods is more than its closing stock
14. none of the above
15.

Question: 2157 when fixed cost id Rs. 3,000 and sales RS.50,000, the P/V ratio will be

11. 14%
12. 20%
13. 25%
14. p/v ratio cannot be computed from the data given
15.

Question: 2158 when p/v ratio is 40% and sales value RS 10,000 the variable cost will be

11. RS. 4,000


12. RS. 6000
13. RS. 10,000
14. variable cost cannot be calculated from the data given
15.

Question: 2159 if net profit is 10% and p/v ratio is 50%, the margin of safety will be

11. 10%
12. 20%
13. 50%
14. margin of safety cannot be computed
15.

Question: 2160 The margin of safety may be improved by

11. increasing sales volume

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
259
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
12. increasing selling price
13. lowering variable cost
14. lowering fixed costs
15. All of these

Question: 2161 an item whose entire amount is usually a differential cost is

11. factory overhead


12. period cost
13. direct cost
14. conversion cost
15.

Question: 2162 As part of the data presented on support of a proposal to increase the production of car radios,
the sales manager of XYZ Electronics reported the total additional cost required for the proposed increased level
of production the increase in total cost is known as

11. opportunity
12. out-of-pocket cost
13. controllable cost
14. differential cost
15.

Question: 2163 Alto palo company has temporary unused production capacity. the idle plant facilities can be
used to manufacture a low margin item. the low margin item should be produced, if it can sold for more than it’s

11. fixed costs


12. variable costs
13. prime costs
14. indirect costs
15.

Question: 2164 Cost-volume-profit analysis is most important for the determination of the

11. volume of operations necessary to break even


12. variable revenues necessary to equal fixed costs
13. relationship between revenues and costs at various level of operations
14. sales revenue necessary to equal fixed costs
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2155 . D 2156 . A 2157 . B 2158 . B 2159 . B 2160 . E 2161 . C 2162 . D 2163 . B 2164 .
C

question: 2165 if net profit is 10% and p/v ratio is 50%, the margin of safety will be

11. 10%
12. 20%

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
260
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
13. 50%
14. margin of safety cannot be computed
15.

Question: 2166 The alternative that would decrease the contribution margin per unit t he most is a 20%

11. decrease in selling price


12. increase in selling price
13. increase in variable costs
14. decrease in variable cost
15.

Question: 2167 when referring to margin of safety, one has the following in mind

11. the excess of budgeted or actual sales over fixed costs


12. the excess of actual sales over break-even sales
13. the excess of actual sales over budgeted sales
14. the excess of sales revenue over variable cost
15.

Question: 2168 The conventional break-even analysis does not assume that

11. selling price per unit will remain fixed


12. total fixed costs remain the same
13. variable cost per unit will vary
14. productivity per worker will remain unchanged
15.

Question: 2169 if fixed costs decrease while variable cost per unit remain constant, the new break-even point
on relation to the old break-even point will be

11. indeterminate
12. unchanged
13. higher
14. lower
15.

Question: 2170 if fixed costs decrease while the variable cost per unit remain constant, the new contribution
margin in relation to old contribution margin will be

11. indeterminate
12. unchanged
13. higher
14. lower
15.

Question: 2171 when margin of safety is 20% and contribution sales ratio is 60% the profit will be

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
261
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. 30%
12. 33% 1/3%
13. 12%
14. cannot be computed
15.

Question: 2172 when fixed cost is RS. 20,000 and margin of safety is RS.10,000, the p/v ratio will be

11. 200%
12. 50%
13. 33%
14. cannot be computed
15.

Question: 2173 when sales jumped from RS. 4,00,000 and profit increased by Rs. 40,000, the p/v ratio is

11. 7.5%
12. 10%
13. 40%
14. cannot be computed
15.

Question: 2174 when total fixed cost is RS. 50,000 and variable cost to sales is 75%, the break-even point id

11. RS. 37,500


12. RS. 12,500
13. RS. 2,00,000
14. cannot be determined
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2165 . B 2166 . A 2167 . B 2168 . C 2169 . D 2170 . B 2171 . C 2172 . D 2173 . C 2174 .
C

Question: 2175 on sales of RS.2,00,000. fixed cost is RS. 30,000 and p/v ratio is 40% what is the profit

11. RS50,000
12. RS. 80,000
13. RS. 12000
14. None of these
15.

Question: 2176 In the chart given in 3.32 above, the horizontal line OL represents

11. sales
12. fixed cost
13. total cost
14. profit

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
262
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
15.

Question: 2177 In break-even chart, x-axis represents

11. value of sales in rupee value


12. volume of sales in units
13. volume of production in units
14. production capacity in percentage
15. Any of these

Question: 2182 In break-even chart, Y-axis represents

11. volume of sales in units


12. volume of sales in rupees
13. cost and sales in rupees
14. value of production in rupees
15. Any of these

Question: 2187 when it is desired to read contribution margin in break-even chart, than

11. variable cost should be first plotted and fixed cost should be superimposed thereon
12. fixed cost should not be first plotted and variable cost should be superimposed thereon
13. fixed cost should not be plotted at all in the chart
14.
15.

Question: 2206 when sales are RS. 8000 and P/V is 80% the amount of variable cost is

11. RS. 64,000


12. RS. 16,000
13. Rs. 48,000
14. cannot be known
15.

Question: 2210 In order to earn a profit of RS. 10,000, when fixed cost is RS. 20,000 and P/v ratio 20% the
amount of sales should be

11. RS. 40,000


12. RS. 30,000
13. RS. 1,00,000
14. RS. 1,50,000
15.

Question: 2212 WHEN PROFIT CHANGES BY R.s. 20,000, The sales changes by RS. 25,000, the P/V ratio is

11. 20%
12. 80%
13. 25%

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
263
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
14. cannot be calculated
15.

Question: 2213 when sales volume increases

11. break-even point increases


12. total profit will increase
13. total loss will increase
14. All of the above
15.

Question: 2216 which of the following would cause the greatest increase in the unit contribution margin

11. 20% decrease in fixed cost


12. 20% increase in selling price
13. 20% decrease in variable cost
14.
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.

2175 . A 2176 . A 2177 . E 2182 . C 2187 . A 2206 . C 2210 . D 2212 . B 2213 . B 2216
.B

Question: 2217 what does area ALO represent in diagram in Q. 3.43

11. profit
12. Fixed cost
13. variable cost
14. contribution
15.

Question: 2220 what does area ALO represent in diagram in Q. 3.43

11. profit
12. Loss
13. contribution
14.
15.

Question: 2224 what is represented by CD in diagram in Q. 3.43

11. key factors


12. variable cost
13. Contribution
14. Margin of safety
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
264
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 2228 which of the following is NOT an assumption of break-even chart

11. Fixed cost does not change in total amount


12. variable cost does not change in total amount
13. selling price does not change per unit
14. company has no stocks
15.

Question: 2233 In calculating cash break-even point, which costs are taken into account

11. Fixed cost requiring cash


12. variable costs requiring cash
13. Both fixed and variable costs requiring cash
14. cash fixed cost and all variable costs including credit
15.

Question: 2237 which of the following is not depicted on a break-even chart

11. profit/Loss at different level of output


12. sales to earn given profit
13. contribution
14. P/V ratio
15.

Question: 2239 In a break-even chart, angle of incidence is formed by the inter-section of

11. sale line and variable cost line


12. sale line and total cost line
13. variable costs and fixed cost lines
14. variable cost and total cost lines
15.

Question: 2271 who has the authority to investigate and regulate all matters of account connected with the
police, and all persons concerned shall be bound to give reasonable aid and facilities to conducting such
investigations and to confirm to his orders consequent thereto

11. provincial police officer


12. capital city police officer
13. city police officer
14. All of these
15.

Question: 2544 A harmonium enclosed in a sheath is called

11. hormocyst
12. hormogonium
13. trichome
14. trichogyne

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
265
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
15.

Question: 3807 A debit balance on Amitie's account in your sales ledger means that

11. Amitabh owes you the money


12. you owe Amitabh the money
13. Amitabh has just paid you that amount of money
14. Amitabh has returned that amount of goods to you
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
2217 . A 2220 . B 2224 . D 2228 . B 2233 . C 2237 . D 2239 . B 2271 . D 2544 . A 3807 .
A

Question: 3811 A debit balance on the rates account after the yearly transfer to the profit and loss account
indicates

11. an asset and an accrual


12. an asset and a prepayment
13. a liability and an accrual
14. a liability and a prepayment
15.

Question: 3820 which one of the following normally has a debit balance?

11. The capital account


12. A creditor's account
13. The motor vehicles account
14. A loan account
15.

Question: 3822 which one of the following normally has a debit balance?

11. The capital account


12. A creditor's account
13. The motor vehicles account
14. A loan account
15.

Question: 3823 Which of the following normally has a credit balance?

11. The machinery account


12. The purchases account
13. The stock account
14. The sales account
15.

Question: 3830 which one of the following statement is correct?

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
266
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. A proprietor's will remain constant if he only withdraws this Net profit each year and does not
introduce any new capital.
12. A proprietor's capital will increase if his drawings are higher than his Net profit and he does not
introduce any new capital.
13. A proprietor's capital will decrease if his Net profit is greater than his drawings and does not introduce
any new capital
14. A proprietor's capital will remain constant if he only withdraws his Net profit each year, but also
introduces new capital.
15.

Question: 3832 Gross profit equals

11. sales minus closing stock


12. purchases minus closing stock
13. nit profit minus expenses
14. sales minus cost of goods sold
15.

Question: 3835 Cost of sales equals

11. sales minus purchases


12. purchases minus returns out plus closing stock
13. sales plus opening stock minus (purchases plus closing stock)
14. opening stock minus closing stock minus returns out
15.

Question: 3836 Net profit equals

11. gross profit minus expenses


12. sales minus cost of sales
13. sales minus expenses
14. capital minus expenses
15.

Question: 3837 A man buys Rs. 40,000 worth of goods and sells of them for R.s. 50,000. His gross profit is

11. Rs. 10,000


12. Rs. 20,000
13. Rs. 30,000
14. Rs. 40,000
15.

Question: 3839 If sales are Rs. 10,000, expenses Rs. 2,000 and net profit is 10% of sales, the gross profit is

11. Rs. 3,000


12. Rs. 9,000
13. Rs. 10,100
14. Rs. 11,000
15.
Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
267
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3811 . B 3820 . C 3822 . C 3823 . D 3830 . A 3832 . D 3835 . D 3836 . A 3837 . B 3839 .
A

Question: 3840 If the gross profit is Rs. 5000 and the net profit is 25% of the gross profit ,the expenses must be

11. Rs. 1,250


12. Rs. 3,750
13. Rs. 4,150
14. Rs. 6,250
15.

Question: 3841 If sales are Rs. 6,000, gross profit is 20% of sales and net profit is 10% of sales the expenses are

11. Rs. 600


12. Rs. 1,200
13. Rs. 2,400
14. Rs. 4,800
15.

Question: 3842 An operating statement is similar to a

11. trial balance


12. balance sheet
13. trading profit and loss account
14. bank reconciliation statement
15.

Question: 3843 Net sales equals’ sales minus

11. returns outwards


12. cost of goods sold
13. returns inwards
14. carriage on sales
15.

Question: 3844 The turnover is

11. Rs. 99,000


12. Rs. 99,500
13. Rs. 1,00.500
14. Rs. 1,01,000
15.

Question: 3845 The gross profit as a percentage of net sales is approximately

11. 10%
12. 20%

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
268
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
13. 30%
14. 40%
15.

Question: 3846 The net cost of purchases for the year was

11. Rs. 69,000


12. Rs. 70.000
13. Rs.71,000
14. Rs.73,000
15.

Question: 3847 Returns outwards amounted to

11. Rs. 500


12. Rs. 1,000
13. Rs. 1,500
14. Rs. 2,000
15.

Question: 3848 If the purchases had been under cast by Rs. 10,000 the gross profit would be

11. Rs. 31,500


12. Rs. 41,500
13. Rs. 51,500
14. Rs. 61,500
15.

Question: 3849 The cost of goods sold is

11. Rs. 59,000


12. Rs. 69,000
13. Rs. 71,000
14. Rs. 89,000
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3840 . B 3841 . A 3842 . C 3843 . C 3844 . C 3845 . D 3846 . A 3847 . D 3848 . A 3849 .
A

Question: 3850 Net profit as a percentage of net sales is approximately

11. 5%
12. 10%
13. 15%
14. 20%
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
269
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 3851 Expenses for the year total

11. Rs. 29,000


12. Rs. 30,000
13. Rs. 31,000
14. Rs. 32,000
15.

Question: 3852 A balance sheet is a

11. statement of debtors and creditors


12. statement of income and expenditure the year
13. statement of cash received and paid throughout the year
14. Financial statement of a business' wealth on a particular scale
15.

Question: 3853 which one of the following is fixed asset for a builder's merchant?

11. Cash
12. Stock
13. Debtors
14. Type wirer
15.

Question: 3854 Which one of the following is garage's current asset?

11. A breakdown van


12. The managing director's private car
13. The condense in the saleroom
14. A customer's car in for repair
15.

Question: 3855 Net current assets are the same as

11. working capital


12. total assets minus current liabilities
13. fixed assets minus current liabilities
14. capital minus current liabilities
15.

Question: 3856 A proprietor's capital of

11. opening capital plus drawing minus net profit


12. total assets minus external liabilities
13. current assets minus working capital
14. opening capital plus net profit plus creditors
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
270
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 3857 which one of the following is usually a current liability?

11. Mortgage
12. Bank loan
13. Bank over drat
14. Rent Paid in advance
15.

Question: 3858 The percentage return on the owner's opening capital for the past year was

11. 15%
12. 20%
13. 25%
14. 30%
15.

Question: 3859 The working capital is

11. Rs. 20,000


12. Rs. 30,000
13. Rs. 50,000
14. Rs. 1,70,000
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3850 . B 3851 . D 3852 . D 3853 . D 3854 . C 3855 . A 3856 . B 3857 . C 3858 . C 3859 .
A

Question: 3860 The owner's capital employed in the business at the date of the balance sheet is

11. Rs. 1,20,000


12. Rs. 1,40,000
13. RS. 1,90,000
14. Rs. 2,13,500
15.

Question: 3861 The business' external liabilities are

11. Rs. 50,000


12. Rs. 73,500
13. Rs. 1,20,000
14. Rs. 1,40,000
15.

Question: 3862 The interest on the loan paid during the year was

11. Rs. 2,500


12. RS. 5,000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
271
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
13. Rs. 7,500
14. Rs. 10,000
15.

Question: 3863 The book value of the fixed assets is

11. RS. 50,000


12. RS. 1,70,000
13. RS. 2,20,000
14. RS. 2,70,000
15.

Question: 3864 The net assets figure is

11. RS. 73,500


12. RS. 1,40,000
13. RS, 1,90,000
14. RS. 2,13,500
15.

Question: 3865 The years' rent for the business is

11. RS. 1000


12. RS. 2000
13. RS. 3000
14. RS. 4000
15.

Question: 3887 The percentage return on total assets employed was approximately

11. 9%
12. 14%
13. 20%
14. 25%
15.

Question: 3888 select your answer by means of the following code

11. if 1, 2 and 3 are correct


12. if 1 and 2 only are correct
13. if only 1 is correct
14. if only 3 is correct
15.

Question: 3890 In a balance sheet the balance of the fixed assets accounts are usually included at

11. cost
12. book value

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
272
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
13. scarp value
14. replacement value
15.

Question: 3892 which one of the following would usually be regarded as a current liability?

9. A liability due for payment within 12 months


10. A liability due for payment within 24 months
11. A liability due for payment within 36 months
12. A liability due for payment within 48 months

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3860 . B 3861 . B 3862 . B 3863 . B 3864 . C 3865 . D 3887 . B 3888 . D 3890 . B 3892 .
A

Question: 3894 Net assets equals

11. current assets minus current liabilities


12. fixed assets minus current liabilities
13. total assets minus current liabilities
14. fictitious assets minus current liabilities
15.

Question: 3903 which one of the following not a book of original entry

11. The cash book


12. The journal
13. The ledger
14. The sales day of book
15.

Question: 3904 Day books are used

11. because of the requirements of the law


12. to avoid numerous entries in the general ledger
13. because the double entry system would not work with- out you must
14. because the Institute of Charters Account states that you must
15.

Question: 3905 which one of the following is book of original entry and is also part of the ledger?

11. The cash book


12. The journal
13. The sales day book
14. The purchase day book
15.

Question: 3906 The main source of information for the sales day book is obtained from

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
273
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. invoices received
12. credit notes sent out
13. invoices sent out
14. credit notes sent
15. the till roll

Question: 3907 The main source of information for the purchase day book is obtained from

11. invoice received


12. invoices sent out
13. credit notes received
14. debit notes sent out
15.

Question: 3908 The main source of information for the sales returns day book is obtained from

11. invoices received


12. invoices sent out
13. credit notes received
14. debit notes received
15.

Question: 3910 The main source of information for the purchase returns day book is obtained from

11. invoices received


12. invoices sent
13. credit notes received
14. debit notes sent out
15.

Question: 3912 The totals of the sales day book are transferred to the

11. debit side of the sales account


12. credit side of the sales account
13. debit side of the sales control account
14. journal proper
15.

Question: 3914 The totals of the purchase returns day books are transferred to the

11. debit side of the returns inwards account


12. debit side of the returns out wards account
13. credit side of the returns inwards account
14. credit side of the returns outwards account
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
274
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3894 . C 3903 . C 3904 . B 3905 . A 3906 . B 3907 . A 3908 . C 3910 . C 3912 . B 3914 .
D

Question: 3916 which one of the following is centered in the journal proper?

11. purchases and returns of stock


12. sales and returns of stock
13. cash transactions
14. opening entries of a new business
15.

Question: 4032 which one of the following is entered in the journal proper?

11. purchase of fixed assets for cash


12. purchase of fixed assets on credit
13. purchase of stock on credit
14. purchase of stock for cash
15.

Question: 4035 which one of the following is entered in the journal proper?

11. The sale of an asset for cash


12. The withdrawal of cash for private use
13. cash discount given to a customer
14. The correction of errors made in the ledger
15.

Question: 4037 An entry in the journal should include

11. the name of the account to be debited


12. the name of the account to be credited
13. A description of the transaction
14.
15.

Question: 4040 A trial balance is

11. a balance of the bank account


12. The balance of the bank account
13. a rough draft of the final accounts
14. a list of the balances in the ledger
15.

Question: 4043 The main purposes of a trial balance is to

11. help balance the bank account


12. check the arithmetical accuracy of the double entry

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
275
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
13. help check the arithmetical accuracy of the double entry
14. help check the bank account with the bank statement
15.

Question: 4046 select your answer by means of the following code

11. if 1, 2 and 3 are correct


12. if 1 and 2 only are correct
13. if only 1 is correct
14. if only 3 is correct
15.

Question: 4051 which of the following errors would normally be revealed by a trial balance?

11. A transaction is completely omitted from the books


12. A sale to smith brothers is entered in smith and Co.Ltd. account
13. A purchase of stock for resale has been entered in an asset account
14. The sale of an asset has only been entered on one side of the books
15.

Question: 4055 A suspense account is opined when the

11. trading account does not balance


12. profit and loss account does not balance
13. trial balance does not balance
14. bank account does not balance
15.

Question: 4059 select your answer by means of the following code

11. if 1, 2 and 3 are correct


12. if 1 and 2 only are correct
13. if only 1 is correct
14. if only 3 is correct
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
3916 . D 4032 . B 4035 . D 4037 . A 4040 . D 4043 . C 4046 . A 4051 . D 4055 . C 4059
.D

Question: 4066 if the straight line method of depreciation is used the depreciation charge is

11. a fixed percentage of the cost of the asset each year


12. a percentage of the book value of the asset each year
13. always 10% of the cost of the asset each year
14. a fluctuating percentage of the cost of the asset each year
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
276
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4069 Firms charge depreciation each year

11. to ensure there is enough money in the firm to replace the asset
12. to spread the cost of the asset over its working life
13. to reduce the profit and thus reduce the dividends they can pay to shareholders
14. because the law states they must
15.

Question: 4071 which of the following assets is most likely to appreciate rather than depreciate

11. plant and machinery


12. Land and buildings
13. Motor vehicles
14. Fixtures and fittings
15.

Question: 4073 Depreciation is caused by

11. obsolescence
12. wear and tear
13. passage of time
14.
15.

Question: 4085 which of the following methods can be used to calculate depreciation?

11. straight line


12. Reducing balance
13. revaluation
14.
15.

Question: 4092 The companies Acts state that companies' Final published Accounts must show

11. depreciation charged during past year


12. the balance on the provision for depreciation account
13. the method of calculating depreciation
14.
15.

Question: 4094 Another name for the Equal Installment method of depreciation is the

11. reducing balance method


12. sinking fund method
13. straight line method
14. revaluation method
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
277
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4098 An asset is purchased for Rs. 11000. The scrap value is Rs. 1,000 and it is expected to last ten
years. The amount of straight depreciation charged each year would be

11. RS. 900


12. RS. 1,000
13. RS. 1,100
14. RS. 1,200
15.

Question: 4104 A firm buys an asset for RS. 10,000 and depreciates it using the diminishing balance method.
which of the following amounts world be the second year’s depreciation charge at 10% per annum

11. RS. 800


12. RS. 810
13. RS. 900
14. RS. 1,000
15.

Question: 4107 On 1st January a firm’s loose tools are valued at RS. 4,500. A year later they are revalued at RS.
3000. The depreciation charge for the year is

9. RS. 500
10. RS. 1,000
11. RS. 1,500
12. RS. 3,OOO

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4066 . A 4069 . B 4071 . B 4073 . A 4085 . A 4092 . B 4094 . C 4098 . B 4104 . C 4107 .
C

Question: 4110 The book value of a motor van on 1st January is RS. 20,000.Two years later the book value is Rs.
10,000.. The straight line depreciation rate of charge each years is

11. 12%
12. 25%
13. 33%
14. 50%
15.

Question: 4114 The vehicles in a company's feet usually last three years. it would probably charge depreciation
on a fixed installment basis at a rate of

11. 25% per annum


12. 33% per annum
13. 50% per annum
14. 665% per annum
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
278
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4116 A firm buys a lathe for Rs. 20,000 on 1st January and another one for RS.24,000 on 1st July.
Deprecation is charged at the rate of 10% per annum or cost, using the basis of one month's ownership needs
one month's depreciation. The total depreciation charge on the 31 December should be

11. RS. 2,200


12. RS. 3,200
13. RS. 3,600
14. RS.4,400
15.

Question: 4119 An asset cost RS. 12,000 and is expected to last ten years, so depreciation is charged at RS.
1,200 per year. How-ever, after ten years the asset is still in use. Which of the following would be the future
charge for depreciation?

11. Continue to charge RS. 1,200per year depreciation


12. Credit profit and loss account with RS. 1,200 every year the asset continues to be in use.
13. Stop charging depreciation after the ten years
14. Reduce the depreciation charge on another asset
15.

Question: 4121 A firm's assets at total RS. 1,00,000. The total depreciation charged to date is RS.45,000. The
book value of the assets is

11. RS. 45,000


12. RS. 55,000
13. RS. 1,00,000
14. RS. 1,45,000
15.

Question: 4125 A firm's assets at cost total Rs.1,00,000 .The total depreciation.2,40,000. charged to date is
Rs.2,40000. Depreciation was charged at the rate of 10% annum by the straight line method. It decided to
change its method to diminishing balance at 10% per annum, with retrospective effect. The total difference in
the profits over the three years would be

11. RS, 6,690


12. Rs, 6,960
13. RS. 9,660
14. RS. 9,690
15.

Question: 4174 If the provision for bad debts account is adjusted at the end of this financial year to equal 5% of
the debtors. the balance on the total debtors account at 31st December must have been

11. RS. 10,000


12. RS. 25,000
13. RS. 40,000
14. RS. 50,000
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
279
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4175 The nit figure for debtors which appeared in the balance sheet at the end of the previous year
was

11. RS. 47,500


12. RS. 48,000
13. RS. 51,500
14. RS. 52,500
15.

Question: 4176 If the RS. 1,000 bad debts had not been written off, the overall effect on the profit for the year
of all the entries relating to debtors, debts and provision for bad debts is

11. a decrease of TS. 1,500


12. a decrease of RS. 1,500
13. an increase of RS. 500
14. an increase of RS. 1,500
15.

Question: 4183 If the Rs. 1,000 bad debts had not been written off, the overall effect on the profit for the year
of all the entries relating to debtors, bad provision for bad debts would have been

9. nil
10. a decrease of Rs. 500
11. an increase of RS. 500
12. an increase of RS. 1,500

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4110 . B 4114 . B 4116 . B 4119 . C 4121 . B 4125 . B 4174 . C 4175 . A 4176 . B 4183 .
C

Question: 4186 If the Rs. 1,000 bad debts had not been written off, the overall effect on the profit for the year
of all the entries relating to debtors, bad provision for bad debts would have been

11. nil
12. a decrease of Rs. 500
13. an increase of RS. 500
14. an increase of RS. 1,500
15.

Question: 4190 Which one of the following statements about debtors, bad debts and provisions for bad debts
in the incorrect?

11. Debtors usually appear as a current asset in the balance in the balance sheet
12. provisions for bad debts usually have a debit balance in ledger
13. The bad debts account usually has a debit balance in the ledger
14. An increase in the provision for bad debts account will reduce the profit of the firm
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
280
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4191 which one of the following types of business is likely to have the largest amount of 'bad debts' ?

11. A Chinese take away


12. A newsagent
13. A bank
14. A supermarket
15.

Question: 4193 If the sales ledger control has a debit balance of RS. 39,400 it means that

11. there is RS. 39,400 in the bank account


12. customers owe you RS. 39,500
13. you owe supplies R.s. 39500
14. you owe expenses totaling RS. 39,400
15.

Question: 4197 If the purchase ledger control has a credit balance of RS. 48,000 it means that

11. your bank account is overdrawn by RS. 48,000 customers


12. customers owe you RS. 48,000
13. you owe suppliers RS. 48,000
14. you owe expenses totaling RS. 48,000
15.

Question: 4200 The total of the returns out wards for the month should be entered on the

11. debit side of the purchase control account


12. credit side of the purchase control account
13. credit side of the sales control account
14. debit side of the sales control account
15.

Question: 4201 Additional freight costs charged control account

11. credit side of the purchase control account


12. credit side of the purchase control account
13. credit side of the sales control account
14. debit side of the sales control account
15.

Question: 4202 Cash discounts received should be entered on the

11. debit side of the purchase control account


12. credit side of the purchase control account
13. credit side of the sales control account
14. debit side of the sales control account
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
281
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4207 At the end of the financial year, once the balances on the control account are agreed with the
total balances from their respective ledgers, they should appear in the balance sheet as

11. fictitious assets and debentures


12. debtors' and creditors' balance
13. fixed assets and long term liabilities
14. fixed assets and share capital
15.

Question: 4210 A cherub received which has now been dishonored should be entered on the

9. debit side of the purchase control account


10. credit side of the purchase control account
11. credit side of the sales control account
12. debit side of the sales control account

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.

4186 . C 4190 . B 4191 . D 4193 . B 4197 . C 4200 . A 4201 . D 4202 . C 4207 . B 4210
.D

Question: 4217 Assuming that it reconciles with the cash book, a credit balance on a bank statement on the
31st December would appear in the balance sheet as a

11. current asset


12. current liability
13. fixed asset
14. long term liability
15.

Question: 4220 when the monthly bank statement is out which one of the following would appear?

11. cherubs written but not yet presented for payment


12. credit transfer received from customers
13. payment into the band not yet credited
14. A sales ledger balance written off as a bad debt
15.

Question: 4224 which one of the following be entered in the cash book and not on the bank statement ?

11. Bank charges


12. A dishonored cherub
13. payments into the bank but not yet credited
14. A credit transfer received from a customer
15.

Question: 4225 when drawing up a bank reconciliation statement, if you start with a debit balance as per the
bank statement, the unrepresented cherubs should be

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
282
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. added
12. subtracted
13. multiplied
14. divided
15.

Question: 4228 when drawing up a bank reconciliation statement, if you start with a debit balance in the cash
book , bank charges should be

11. added
12. subtracted
13. multiplied
14. divided
15.

Question: 4233 The petty cash is kept on the IMPREST system and the balance at the start of the month is Rs.
1,000. If petty cash expenses during the month of Rs.720 are incurred, the amount received from the cashier at
the start of the next month should be

11. Rs.280
12. Rs.720
13. Rs.1,000
14. Rs.1,720
15.

Question: 4234 The main purpose of petty cash is

11. to pay employees wages


12. to pay suppliers for their goods
13. as change for the till
14. to pay small day to day business expenses
15.

Question: 4236 Under the immprest system the petty cash is

11. increased every week


12. reduced every week
13. always restored to the original amount
14. used up completely before being restored
15.

Question: 4237 A receipts and payments account is similar to

11. an income and expenditure account


12. a statement of affairs
13. a cash or bank account
14. a profit and loss account
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
283
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4238 A club's income and expenditure account performs the same function as a firm's

11. trading profit and loss account


12. balance sheet
13. bank account
14. petty cash book
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4217 . A 4220 . B 4224 . C 4225 . A 4228 . B 4233 . B 4234 . D 4236 . C 4237 . C 4238 .
A

Question: 4239 A club's balance sheet may be referred to as its

11. income and expenditure account


12. receipts and payments account
13. accumulated fund
14. statement of affairs
15.

Question: 4240 A club's loss is often referred to as

11. a balance
12. a deficit
13. a surplus
14. drawing
15.

Question: 4241 The amount of member's subscriptions paid advance is

11. as asset
12. an expense
13. a liability
14. a surplus
15.

Question: 4242 If a club owned a bar, the amount of profit or made by the bar in a financial year would be
shown in the

11. receipts and payments account


12. income and expenditure account
13. balance sheet
14. bank account
15.

Question: 4243 A club's capital may be referred to as its

11. bank balance

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
284
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
12. assets
13. accumulated fund
14. surplus
15.

Question: 4244 A club has 100 members and the subscription is Rs.10 per year. All have paid the right amount
except three members who paid Rs.20 each because they owed for the previous year, and one member who
also paid for next year . The income from subscriptions for the year in the income and expenditure account
should be

11. Rs.960
12. Rs.1,000
13. Rs.1,030
14. Rs.1,040
15.

Question: 4245 Depreciation written off the snooker table should be entered in the

11. receipts and payments account only


12. receipts and payments account and the income and expenditure account
13. receipts and payments account and the statement of affairs
14. income and expenditure account and the statement
15.

Question: 4246 Rs.4,000 spent on a snooker table should be entered in the

11. receipts and payments account only


12. receipts and payments account and the income and expenditure account
13. receipts and payments account and the statement affairs
14. income and expenditure account and the statement of affairs
15.

Question: 4247 The rate of turnover of stock is the

11. total value of turnover


12. average stock divided by the cost of sales
13. numbers of times the average stock is sold
14. average of the opening and closing stock
15.

Question: 4248 The cost of goods sold is the

9. average stock divided by the rate of turnover of stock


10. average stock multiplied by the turnover
11. rate of turnover of stock divided by the average stock
12. average stock multiplied by the rate of turnover of stock

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
285
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4239 . D 4240 . B 4241 . C 4242 . B 4243 . C 4244 . B 4245 . D 4246 . C 4247 . C 4248 .
D

Question: 4249 Which one of the following is most likely to have the lowest rate of stock turn?

11. a super market


12. a greengrocer
13. a newsagent
14. a jeweler
15.

Question: 4250 If a supermarket marks up its goods for resale by 10% on cost, the gross profit made on Rs.
1,000 worth of purchased should be

11. Rs.100
12. Rs.900
13. Rs.1,000
14. Rs.1,100
15.

Question: 4252 During a year a store makes a gross profit of Rs.80,000 which is 20% of the cost of goods sold.
The sales mast therefore be

11. Rs. 4,00,000


12. Rs. 4,80,000
13. Rs. 4,00,000
14. Rs. 1,00,000
15.

Question: 4253 During a year a store's sales are Rs.5,00,000 and expenses are 20% of the gross profit. If 25% is
added to the cost price of goods to obtain the selling price, the net profit is

11. Rs. 25,000


12. Rs. 55,000
13. Rs. 80,000
14. Rs. 1,00,000
15.

Question: 4254 A trader starts a business with Rs.10000 cash and a van worth Rs.5000. At the end of his first
year he has Rs.2000 in the bank, stock worth Rs.5,000, debtors valued Rs.2,000 and the van which is now worth
Rs.Rs.4,000. If he has withdrawn Rs.2,000 from the business during the year for private expenses, he has made

11. a loss of Rs.1,000


12. neither a profit nor a loss
13. a profit of Rs.1,000
14. a profit of Rs.2,000
15.

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
286
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4257 A store's make up is the

11. gross profit expressed as a percentage of the cost of goods sold


12. gross profit expressed as a percentage of the sales
13. not profit expressed as a percentage of the cost of goods sold
14. net profit expressed as a percentage of the sales
15.

Question: 4258 A store's margin is the

11. gross profit expressed as a percentage of the cost goods sold


12. gross profit expressed as a percentage of the sales
13. net profit expressed as a percentage of the cost goods sold
14. net profit expressed as a percentage of the sales
15.

Question: 4259 A trader uses his business bank account and writes cherubs totaling Rs 25,000 for his private
use. He also takes stock valued at Rs.9,000 from the shelves for his own use, and decides to give his daughter
one of the firm's typewriters valued at Rs.1,200 as she is starting a secretarial course at the local college. His
drawings for the year total

11. Rs. 25,000


12. Rs. 26,200
13. Rs. 34,000
14. Rs. 35,200
15.

Question: 4260 if a store's mark up is 25% the margin must be

11. 5%
12. 10%
13. 15%
14. 20%
15.

Question: 4261 Ten people formed a partnership and contributed Rs.100 each to the venture. The total capital
was used to purchase goods which were resold at a markup of 100% on cost. If expenses were 25% of sales and
the net profit was distributed equally to the partners, each partner has increased his initial capital by

11. 25%
12. 50%
13. 75%
14. 100%
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4249 . D 4250 . A 4252 . B 4253 . C 4254 . B 4257 . A 4258 . B 4259 . D 4260 . D 4261 .
B

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
287
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
Question: 4266 A firm owes Rs. 200 to trade creditors at the start in the year and Rs.300 at the end. Purchases
on credit during the year totaled Rs.10,000. If suppliers allowed a total of Rs. 500 cash discount during the year,
the amount paid so the creditors have been

11. Rs. 9,200


12. Rs. 9,400
13. Rs. 9,600
14. Rs. 9,200
15.

Question: 4267 A firm's debtors fell from Rs.1,000 at the start of the year to Rs.900 at the end. the total of the
sales day book was Rs.7,900 and the cash book showed that Rs. 7,700 was received from debtors during the
year. Assuming a bad debt of Rs. 100 was written off, the cash discount allowed to credit customers during the
year must have amounted to

11. Rs. 200


12. Rs. 400
13. Rs. 700
14. Rs. 900
15.

Question: 4268 the main purpose of a manufacturing account is to find the

11. cost of overheads


12. cost of raw materials used
13. cost of production
14. gross profit
15.

Question: 4270 Which one of the following is not an overhead?

11. cost of raw materials


12. depreciation of plant and machinery
13. rent and rates of the factory
14. foreman's wages
15.

Question: 4272 An alternative expression for indirect expenses is

11. prime cost


12. production cost
13. work in progress
14. overheads
15.

Question: 4273 Which one of the following would not be included in the prime cost?

11. manufacturing wages

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
288
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
12. direct power
13. direct factory expenses
14. heating and lighting of the factory
15.

Question: 4275 The prime cost consists of

11. wages plus overheads


12. materials plus overheads
13. all direct factory expenses
14. indirect factory expense
15.

Question: 4286 A bank reconciliation statement reconciles the

11. ledger with the journals


12. petty cash book with the bank account
13. bank statement with the cash book
14. day books with the bank statement
15.

Question: 4287 Assuming that it reconciles with the cash book, a credit balance on a bank statement on the
31st December would appear in the balance sheet as a

11. current asset


12. current liability
13. fixed asset
14. long term liability
15.

Question: 4288 when the monthly bank statement is sent out which one of the following would appear?

9. cherubs written but not yet presented for payment


10. credit transfer received from customers
11. payment into the bank not yet credited
12. A sales ledger balance written off as a bad debt

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4266 . B 4267 . A 4268 . C 4270 . A 4272 . D 4273 . D 4275 . C 4286 . C 4287 . A 4288 .
B

Question: 4289 work in progress at the end of the financial year is

11. included in the present year's production cost


12. not included in the present year's production cost
13. included in the previous year's production cost

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
289
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
14. added to the cost of raw materials
15.

Question: 4290 work in progress at the end of the financial year is

11. included in the present year's production cost


12. not included in the present year's production cost
13. included in the previous year's production cost
14. added to the cost of raw materials
15.

Question: 4291 If the prime cost is Rs. 40,000 overheads R.s. 60,000, work in progress at 1st January Rs. 10,000
and work in progress at 31st December RS. 20,000 the cost of the year's production of finished goods is

11. RS. 90,000


12. RS. 1, 00,000
13. RS. 1,10,000
14. RS. 1,30,000
15.

Question: 4292 Depreciation of plant and machinery is usually classified as

11. a financial cost


12. an overhead cost
13. a selling cost
14. an administration cost
15.

Question: 4293 If a manufacturing company gas to pay a royalty for every unit it produces, this would probably
be classified as

11. an indirect cost


12. a direct cost
13. an overhead
14. a cost of materials
15.

Question: 4294 Which one of the following is usually classified as a variable cost in the short term?

11. cost of materials used


12. factory rates
13. factory rent
14. foreman's wages
15.

Question: 4295 which one of the following is usually classified as a fixed cost in the short term?

11. Direct labor costs

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
290
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
12. power for the factory machinery
13. cost of materials used
14. factory rent and rates
15.

Question: 4296 In a manufacturing firm's trading account the cost of production figure replaces the

11. cost of goods sold


12. closing stock of finished goods
13. purchase of finished goods
14. gross profit
15.

Question: 4297 The cost of raw materials used is

11. Rs. 5,00,000


12. Rs. 6,00,000
13. RS. 6,50,000
14. RS. 6,70,000
15.

Question: 4298 The prime cost is

11. RS. 6,00,000


12. RS. 670,000
13. RS. 11,00,000
14. RS. 14,20,000
15.

Answers to the questions of accounting on this page

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4289 . B 4290 . B 4291 . A 4292 . B 4293 . B 4294 . A 4295 . D 4296 . C 4297 . B 4298 .
C

Question: 4299 The total factory overheads are

11. RS.2,30,000
12. RS. 3,20,000
13. RS. 14,10,000
14. RS. 14,20,000
15.

Question: 4300 The cost of the year's production of finished goods is

11. RS. 11,00,000


12. RS. 14,10,000
13. RS. 14,20,000

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
291
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
14. RS. 14,60,000
15.

Question: 4301 The work in progress at the start of the year was

11. RS. 10,000


12. RS. 30,000
13. RS. 40,000
14. RS. 50,000
15.

Question: 4302 The indirect wages for the year totaled

11. RS. 10,000


12. RS. 20,000
13. RS. 30,000
14. RS. 40,000
15.

Question: 4303 If the accountant had forgotten to take in to account that RS. 5,000 paid for forgotten to take
into account that RS. 5,000 paid for factory rates was for the following year, the production cost would have
been

11. RS. 14,05,000


12. RS. 14,10,000
13. RS. 15,000
14. RS. 14,20,000
15.

Question: 4304 At the end of the financial year a partner's drawing current account are transferred to the

11. credit side of the partner's capital account


12. credit side of the partner's current account
13. debit side of the partnership bank account
14. debit side of the partner's
15.

Question: 4305 After the final accounts have been prepared, a debit balance on a partner's current account
means that the

11. partner is owed that amount by partnership


12. partnership's bank account is overdrawn
13. partner is in debt to the partnership for that amount
14. partnership has no working capital
15.

Question: 4306 If one partner received a salary which is credited to him at the end of the year, the share of the
profit available for distribution will be

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
292
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. increased
12. decreased
13. unchanged
14. non-existent
15.

Question: 4314 which one of the following would be entered in the cash book and not on the bank statement

11. Bank charges


12. A dishonored cherub
13. payment into the bank but not yet credited
14. A credit transfer received from a customer
15.

Question: 4315 when drawing up a bank reconciliation statement, if you start with a debit balance as per the
bank statement, the unprecedented cheques should be

9. added
10. subtracted
11. multiplied
12. divided

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4299 . B 4300 . B 4301 . C 4302 . C 4303 . A 4304 . D 4305 . C 4306 . B 4314 . C 4315 .
A

Question: 4316 when drawing up a bank reconciliation statement, if you start with a debit balance in the cash
book, the bank charges should be

11. added
12. subtracted
13. multiplied
14. divided
15.

Question: 4317 when the monthly bank statement is sent out which one of the following would not appear

11. Interest charged by the bank


12. A dishonored cheque
13. A direct debit
14. A payment from petty cash
15.

Question: 4318 The petty cash is kept on the Imprest system and the balance at the start of the month is RS.
1,000. If petty cash expenses during the month of RS. 720 are incurred, the amount received from the cashier at
the start of the next month should be

11. RS. 280

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
293
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
12. RS. 720
13. RS. 1,000
14. RS. 1,720
15.

Question: 4319 The main purpose of petty

11. to pay employees, wages


12. to pay suppliers for their goods
13. as change for the till
14. to pay small day to day business expenses
15.

Question: 4351 An analytical petty cash book

11. Lists different petty expenses under their relevant headings


12. is used instead of three column cash book
13. is not part of the double entry system
14. is always run on the imprest system
15.

Question: 4353 Under the Imprest system the cash is

11. increased every week


12. reduced every week
13. always restored to the original amount
14. used op completely before being restored
15.

Question: 4355 A receipts and payments account is similar to

11. an income and expenditure account


12. a statement of affairs
13. a cash or bank account
14. a profit and loss account
15.

Question: 4358 A club's income and expenditure account performs the same function as a firm's

11. trading, profit and loss account


12. balance sheet
13. bank account
14. petty cash book
15.

Question: 4359 A club's balance sheet may be referred to as its

11. income and expenditure account

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
294
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
12. receipts and payments account
13. accumulated fund
14. statement of affairs
15.

Question: 4360 A club's capital may be referred to as its

11. bank balance


12. assets
13. accumulated fund
14. surplus
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4316 . B 4317 . D 4318 . B 4319 . D 4351 . A 4353 . C 4355 . C 4358 . A 4359 . D 4360 .
C

Question: 4362 A club's loss is often referred to as

11. a balance
12. a deficit
13. a surplus
14. drawings
15.

Question: 4366 The amount of member's subscriptions paid in advance is

11. an asset
12. an expense
13. a liability
14. a surplus
15.

Question: 4368 I a club owned a bar, the amount of profit or loss made by the bar in a financial year would be
shown in the

11. receipts and payments account


12. income and expenditure account
13. balance sheet
14. bank account
15.

Question: 4372 A club has 100 members and the subscription is RS. 10 per year. All have paid the right amount
except three members who paid RS. 20each because they owed for the previous year, and one member who
also paid for next year. The income from subscriptions for the year in the income and expenditure account
should be

11. RS. 960

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
295
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
12. RS. 1,000
13. RS. 1,030
14. RS. 1,040
15.

Question: 4373 RS. 4,000 spent on a snooker table should be entered in the

11. receipts and payments account only


12. receipts and payments account and the income and expenditure account
13. receipts and payments account and the statement of affairs
14. income and expenditure account and the statement of affairs
15.

Question: 4374 Depreciation written off the snooker table should be entered on the

11. receipts and payments account only


12. receipts and payments account and the income and expenditure account
13. receipts and payments account and the statement of affairs
14. income and expenditure account and the statement of affairs
15.

Question: 4375 During the year the cash figure has increased by

11. RS. 820


12. RS. 1,000
13. RS.1,820
14. RS.2,790
15.

Question: 4376 The accumulated fund at the beginning of the club's second year amounted to

11. RS. 820


12. RS.1,000
13. RS. 1,820
14. RS. 2,790
15.

Question: 4377 Rent owing at the end of the year amounted to

11. nil
12. RS. 50
13. RS. 350
14. RS. 400
15.

Question: 4378 Rates owing at the end of the year amounted to

11. nil

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
296
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
12. RS. 30
13. RS. 100
14. RS. 130
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4362 . B 4366 . C 4368 . B 4372 . B 4373 . C 4374 . D 4375 . B 4376 . A 4377 . B 4378 .
A

Question: 4379 The amount owed to creditors for supplies of sweets at 31 December was

11. RS. 30
12. RS. 210
13. RS. 420
14. RS. 600
15.

Question: 4381 The book value of fixed assets at 31st December amounted to

11. RS. 20
12. RS. 70
13. RS.90
14. RS. 110
15.

Question: 4382 If the donations had been 'capitalized,' the accumulated fund at 31st December would have
been

11. RS. 700


12. RS. 820
13. RS. 1,520
14. RS. 1,740
15.

Question: 4383 If the donations had been 'capitalized,' the surplus would have been

11. RS. 120


12. RS. 700
13. RS.820
14. RS.1,520
15.

Question: 4384 The current assets at 31st December amounted to

11. RS. 1,000


12. RS. 1,040
13. RS. 1,070
14. RS. 1,110

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
297
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
15.

Question: 4386 The rate of turnover of stock is the

11. total value of turnover


12. average stock divide by the cost of sales
13. number of times the average stock is sold
14. average of the opening and closing stock
15.

Question: 4389 The cost of goods sold is the

11. average stock divided by the rate of turnover of stock


12. average stock multiplied by the turnover
13. rate of turnover of stock divided by the average stock
14. average stock multiplied by the rate of turnover of stock
15.

Question: 4392 which one of the following is most likely to have the lowest rate of stock turn?

11. A super market


12. A greengrocer
13. A news agent
14. A jeweler
15.

Question: 4398 If a supermarket marks up its goods for resale by 10% on cost, the gross profit made on RS.
1,000 worth of purchased should be

11. RS. 100


12. RS. 900
13. RS. 1,000
14. RS. 1,100
15.

Question: 4399 which one of the following is most likely to have the lowest rate of stock turn?

11. A super market


12. A greengrocer
13. A news agent
14. A jeweler
15.

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4379 . B 4381 . C 4382 . B 4383 . A 4384 . C 4386 . C 4389 . D 4392 . D 4398 . A 4399 .
D

Question: 4401 The amount owed to creditors for supplies of sweets at 31 December was

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302
298
Gat Subject (Management Sciences – Accounting-Management -Economics)
11. RS. 30
12. RS. 210
13. RS. 420
14. RS. 600
15.

Question: 4404 During a year a store makes a gross profit of RS. 80,000 which is 20% of the cost of goods sold
The sales mast therefore be

11. RS. 4,000,000


12. 4,80,000
13. RS. 5,20,000
14. RS. 1,00,000
15.

Question: 4411 During a year a store's sales are R.s. 5,00,000 and expenses are 20% of the gross profit. If 25% is
added to the cost price of goods to obtain the selling price, the net profit is

9. RS. 25,000
10. RS. 55,000
11. RS. 80,000
12. RS. 1,00.000

Following list gives the correct choice for the answer of the accounting mcqs.
4398 . A 4399 . D 4401 . B 4404 . B 4411 . C

Made By Farhan Qadeer (M.Sc. Management and Finance, Birmingham City University, UK)
Lecturer (University of The Lahore)
Email: qadeerfarhan@yahoo.com
Cell: +92333-4881302

You might also like